Add local glossaries package to avoid errors
authorTobias Pape <tobias@netshed.de>
Sun, 6 Apr 2014 20:40:58 +0000 (22:40 +0200)
committerTobias Pape <tobias@netshed.de>
Sun, 6 Apr 2014 20:40:58 +0000 (22:40 +0200)
131 files changed:
src/common/system.tex
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/README [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/README-samples [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/database1.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/database2.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy-mc.xdy [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy-mc207.xdy [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.tex [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/scripts/glossaries/glossaries.perl [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries [new file with mode: 0755]
src/texmf/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries.bat [new file with mode: 0755]
src/texmf/scripts/glossaries/mfirstuc.perl [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-babel.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-207.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-compatible-307.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-polyglossia.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries-prefix.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/base/mfirstuc.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Brazilian.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Danish.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Dutch.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-English.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-French.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-German.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Irish.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Italian.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Magyar.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Polish.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Serbian.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/glossaries-dictionary-Spanish.dict [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/glossaries-accsupp.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-hypernav.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-inline.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-list.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-long.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-longragged.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-mcols.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-super.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-superragged.sty [new file with mode: 0644]
src/texmf/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/glossary-tree.sty [new file with mode: 0644]

index 6d00b63..45eb9ed 100644 (file)
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 \usepackage{catchfile}
 \usepackage{marginnote}
 \usepackage{hyperref}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
+\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}[2014/04/04]
 \usepackage{glossary-mcols}
 \AtEndPreamble{%
   \makeglossaries%
diff --git a/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..a65cc30
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,957 @@
+glossaries change log:
+
+v4.07:
+
+  * glossaries.sty:
+
+   - Added \glsletentryfield
+
+   - Bug fixes:
+     - added optional argument to unstarred sectioning
+       commands (used with package options numberedsection=nolabel
+       and numberedsection=autolabel)
+
+     - added \global prefix to definition of \@gls@loclist
+       in \@gls@noidx@do in case a tabular-like style is used.
+
+     - Fixed no case change bug in \Acrfullplfmt
+
+v4.06:
+
+  * glossaries.sty:
+
+   - Added \glsifhyper
+
+   - Fixed bookmark issue occurring with
+     "numbers" and "symbols" package options
+     in combination with hyperref.sty and translator.sty
+
+v4.05:
+
+  - Added missing glossaries-prefix.sty to tds
+
+v4.04:
+
+  * glossaries.sty:
+
+   - new commands: \makenoidxglossaries, \printnoidxglossary
+     and \printnoidxglossaries that use TeX to sort entries 
+     instead of makeindex/xindy
+
+   - new command: \glsnumberlistloop (for use with
+     \makenoidxglossaries)
+
+   - new package option: noredefwarn
+
+   - moved definition of \glswrite to \makeglossaries so that write
+     register is only allocated if required.
+
+   - fixed bug in \defglsdisplayfirst
+
+  * glossary-tree.sty:
+
+   - fixed bug in alttree style
+
+
+  * glossaries-accsupp.sty:
+
+   - \compatibleglossentry and \compatiblesubglossentry:
+     changed \newcommand to \def as they may or may not be
+     defined depending on whether user has loaded glossaries
+     separately from glossaries-accsupp
+
+  * makeglossaries:
+
+   - added -Q and -k switches
+
+   - added extra diagnostics
+
+v4.03:
+
+  glossaries.sty:
+
+   * Added \glsifhasfield
+
+   * Changed default definition of \glswritefiles to \@empty
+     instead of \relax
+
+   * Fixed bug in \ifglsdescsuppressed
+
+   * Added \glsdetoklabel
+
+   * Added \glsdoifexistsorwarn
+
+   * Changed \glossentryname etc to use \glsdoifexistsorwarn
+     instead of \glsdoifexists
+
+   * Added \renewacronymstyle
+
+   * Fixed bug in dua acronym style
+
+  glossaries-accsupp.sty:
+
+   * Redefined acronym styles to use accessibility support
+
+  makeglossaries v2.12:
+
+   * Added check for backslashes in -x, -m and -d arguments
+
+
+v4.02:
+
+  glossaries.sty:
+
+   * Added nameref value to 'numberedsection' package option
+
+   * New package option: "index"
+
+   * New package option: xindynoglsnumbers (equivalent to 
+     xindy={glsnumbers=false})
+
+   * Added \newacronymstyle, \setacronymstyle and associated
+     commands. (Package options "smallcaps", "smaller",
+     "description", "dua" and "footnote" now deprecated.)
+
+   * New commands \acrfullfmt etc to govern the format of 
+     \acrfull etc.
+
+   * Made \makeglossaries preamble only
+
+   * Bug Fixes:
+
+     - \acrlong, \Acrlong, \ACRlong, \acrlongpl,
+       \Acrlongpl and \ACRlongpl: removed \acronymfont and
+       spurious parenthetical text.
+
+     - \glsentryfull, \Glsentryfull, \glsentryfullpl,
+       and \Glsentryfullpl: added missing \acronymfont
+
+     - Fixed bug in "sanitize" package option (deprecated option,
+       but still kept for backward compatibility).
+
+v4.01:
+
+  * Fixed bug in \CustomAcronymFields caused by missing comma.
+
+  * Fixed valueless package options so that they can be passed via
+    the document class.
+
+v4.0:
+
+  First stable release since v3.07.
+
+v3.14a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - New package options: acronyms, xindygloss, notranslate
+
+    - Modified savewrites option so that it can be set via
+      \setupglossaries
+
+    - Enabled compatible-3.07 option in \setupglossaries
+
+    - Added \provideglossaryentry and \longprovideglossaryentry
+
+    - Bug fix: fixed the default firstplural value to the value of
+      the plural key.
+
+  * glossaries-prefix.sty
+
+    - New
+
+  * makeglossaries v2.09:
+
+    - added check for -q switch when issuing warnings
+
+v3.13a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Added \glsprestandardsort
+
+    - Renamed \glossarymark to \glsglossarymark to prevent clash
+      with memoir.
+
+    - Made "translate" package option a choice key rather than boolean
+
+    - Bug fix for \glsaddallunused: 
+        set default value of optional argument to \@glo@types
+
+    - Bug fix for \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle:
+        added missing final argument of \ifglshaslong
+
+    - Bug fix for \glossarystyle:
+        replaced \ifdef with \ifcsdef
+
+  * mfirstuc.sty (v1.08):
+
+    - Made \makefirstuc and \capitalisewords robust
+
+v3.12a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Added \glsaddkey (allows the user to add their own custom 
+      keys to glossary entries).
+
+v3.11a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Added \setupglossaries
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/featuretracker.cgi?action=view&key=7)
+
+    - Added \glsentryfmt and \defglsentryfmt
+      and deprecated \glsdisplayfirst, \glsdisplay,
+      \defglsdisplayfirst and \defglsdisplay
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/featuretracker.cgi?action=view&key=13)
+
+    - Added \longnewglossaryentry
+
+    - Added \ifglshasshort and \ifglshaslong
+
+    - Added check in \glsgetgrouptitle for non-Latin characters
+
+    - Added compatible-3.07 package option
+
+    - Added "symbols" and "numbers" package options
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/featuretracker.cgi?action=view&key=16)
+
+    - Added \printacronyms[opts] as a synonym for
+      \printglossary[type=\acronymtype,opts]
+      if "acronym" package option is used and
+      "compatible-3.07" package has not been used
+      and \printacronym doesn't already exist at the start
+      of the document.
+
+    - Added \showgloshort and \showglolong
+
+    - Fixed bug in \@gls@noexpand@fields
+
+    - Fixed bug in \gls@defglossaryentry that didn't set the default
+      counter correctly
+
+    - Now uses \mfirstucMakeUppercase instead of \MakeUppercase
+      to be consistent with mfirstuc.
+
+    - Now requires textcase (better handling of case changes)
+
+  * mfirstuc (v1.07)
+
+    - Added \mfirstucMakeUppercase to allow the user to switch from
+      \MakeUppercase to another case changing command.
+
+  * makeglossaries (v2.08)
+
+    - Added -x and -m switches
+
+v3.10a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Added \providecommand to aux file in case user removes 
+      the glossaries package from their document. (This ensures
+      the next run doesn't throw a load of undefined control
+      sequence errors when the aux file is parsed.)
+
+    - Fixed new code (from v3.08a) so that document can still
+      compile if entries are defined within the document after
+      \printglossary or \printglossaries
+
+v3.09a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Added fix for \RecordChanges if doc.sty has been loaded
+
+    - Fixed noexpand for symbolplural field
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=41)
+
+    - Made \Glsentryname, \Glsentrytext etc robust
+
+    - Fixed bug in footnote option
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=37)
+
+    - Fixed bug where acronym starts with repeated letter
+      (www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=34)
+
+    - Added \glstextup which checks for \textulc
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=40)
+
+v3.08a:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Changed the way information is written to external glossary
+      files. Information is now written as just \glossentry{label}
+      or \subglossentry{level}{label} instead of
+      \glossaryentryfield{label}{name}{description}{symbol} or 
+      \glossarysubentryfield{level}{label}{name}{description}{symbol} 
+      This means that descriptions can span multiple paragraphs
+      without exceeding makeindex's buffer.
+
+    - Added \setglossarystyle (replaces \glossarystyle which is now
+      just for backward compatibility)
+
+    - New user commands: 
+
+        \glossentryname, \Glossentryname,
+        \glossentrydesc, \Glossentrydesc,
+        \glossentrysymbol, \Glossentrysymbol,
+        \glsexpandfields, \glsnoexpandfields,
+        \glsaddallunused,
+        \ifglshassymbol, ifglshasdesc
+
+    - Added nogroupskip option to \printglossary
+
+    - Added \gls@ifnotmeasuring
+
+    - Made \glsseeformat, \glsseelist, \glsseeitem and \glssee robust
+
+  * glossary-tree.sty
+
+    - Added \par to end of theglossary environment for index style.
+      (http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=38)
+
+v3.07:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Fixed bug relating to nohypertypes list option
+
+    - Added \setglossarypreamble (code provided by Michael Pock)
+
+    - Modified \glspostdescription to adjust spacefactor before full
+      stop. (Patch provided by Michael Pock.)
+
+    - Added check for openright in \gls@doclearpage
+
+    - Added \glsdoparenifnotempty
+
+    - Made \findrootlanguage obsolete
+
+makeglossaries:
+
+    - Added languagemap to determine root language
+
+v3.06:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - Fixed incompatibility between glossaries and new version of babel.
+
+  * makeglossaries
+
+    - added babel dialect -> xindy language map
+
+v3.05:
+
+  * glossaries.sty
+
+    - fixed bugs related to location numbering (Roman and Alph).
+
+    - made \nopostdesc robust
+
+    - clarified in the documentation that \makeglossaries must be
+      used before cross-referenced entries
+
+    - added missing 'nohypertypes' code
+
+  * makeglossaries:
+
+    - added "din5007" as the default to makeglossaries if the
+      language is german
+
+  * glossary-mcols.sty:
+
+    - Fixed bug -> \begin{multicols}{2} replaced with \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+
+v3.04:
+
+  * added 'nohypertypes' package option
+
+  * added new commands: \GlsDeclareNoHyperList and \glsIfNoHyperType
+
+  * added 'local' key to \glsdisp, \gls, \Gls and \GLS
+
+  * added check for doc package
+
+  * fixed bug in altlist that can cause an unintentional page break
+    between entry and description.
+
+  * fixed bug that causes extra space after glossary when using
+    xindy
+
+  * fixed bug that was introduced by the bug fix in 3.02 regarding wrong
+    page number
+
+  makeglossaries v2.05:
+  * added -d option
+
+v3.03:
+
+  * fixed bug in \printglossary options: title now also sets
+    toctitle if toctitle missing (as per documentation).
+
+  * added sanitize={sort=false} option
+
+  * added nopostdot package option
+
+  * added nogroupskip package option
+
+   glossary-inline.sty added:
+
+   - \glsinlinenameformat
+   - \glsinlinedescformat
+   - \glsinlineemptydescformat
+   - \glsinlinesubnameformat
+   - \glsinlinesubdescformat
+   - \glsinlinepostchild
+
+v3.02:
+
+  * new package options:
+
+    - 'ucmark'
+    - 'indexonlyfirst'
+    - 'savenumberlist'
+
+  * new glossary styles:
+
+    - glossary-mcol.sty
+    - glossary-inline.sty
+
+  * new commands:
+
+    - \glolinkprefix
+    - \glsmoveentry
+    - \renewglossarystyle
+    - \ifglshaschildren
+    - \ifglshasparent
+    - \glsresetentrycounter
+    - \glsentrynumberlist
+    - \glsdisplaynumberlist
+
+  * added check to \glswritefiles to see if glossary tokens have
+    been defined in case savewrites option used and \makeglossaries
+    omitted.
+
+  * fixed bug in \showglossaryentries
+
+  * fixed bug in \SmallNewAcronymDef
+
+  * fixed unwanted space in
+    \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle
+
+  * fixed [xindy] wrong page number bug for entries occurring in
+    paragraph spanning page break
+
+  * fixed bug in \Glsentryfull and \glsentryfullpl
+
+  * swapped order of checks for babel and polyglossia
+
+  mfirstuc v1.06:
+
+  * added \capitalisewords, \xcapitalisewords
+
+  makeglossaries v2.04:
+
+  * fixed bug in &scan_aux
+
+v3.01:
+
+   * made commands like \glslink, \gls and \acrshort robust
+
+   * Fixed bugs in commands like \acrfullpl which was missing the
+     plural in some cases.
+
+   * Removed \acronymfont from \acrfullformat as it's already used
+     in the second argument passed to that command. (Causes a 
+     problem with the "smaller" option.)
+
+v3.0 (Major changes):
+
+   * Documentation has been restructured:
+
+     - glossaries-user: main user manual
+     - glossariesbegin: cut-down introduction for beginners
+     - mfirstuc-manual: user manual for mfirstuc package
+     - glossaries.pdf: documented code for advanced users
+     - glossary2glossaries: upgrading from glossary.sty to glossaries.sty
+
+   * Added new package options:
+
+     - entrycounter : number main (level 0) entries in the glossary.
+
+     - counterwithin : set parent counter for the entry counter.
+
+     - subentrycounter : number level 1 entries in the glossary.
+
+     - sort : set the sort order to 
+              - standard alphabetical (sort=standard),
+              - order of definition (sort=def) 
+              - order of use (sort=use)
+
+     - seeautonumberlist : automatically activates the number list
+                           for entries that use the "see" key.
+
+     - savewrites : minimise number of \newwrite
+
+     - compatible-2.07 :
+
+         bug fixes in v3.0 have cause compatibility problems. This 
+         package option will restore the old behaviour but bugs will 
+         remain.  (Should mostly only effect documents that used
+         \noist with a custom Xindy style file.)
+
+   * \printglossary sets \currentglossary to the current glossary's
+     label. (Allows custom glossary styles access to the glossary
+     type.)
+
+   * Modified internal workings of acronyms and:
+
+     - Added starred versions of \acrshort etc.
+
+     - Added "long", "short", "longplural" and "shortplural" keys
+       (Reserved for use with \newacronym.)
+
+     - Added analogous "longaccess", "shortaccess", "longpluralaccess"
+       and "shortpluralaccess" keys for \newacronym in 
+       glossaries-accsupp.sty
+
+   * Added \glsseeitemformat to customise the text given in the link
+     created by \glsseeitem.
+
+   * \newglossaryentry key "nonumberlist" now boolean.
+
+   * added debugging commands \showgloname etc.
+
+   * now loads etoolbox:
+
+     - replaced \DeclareRobustCommand with \newrobustcmd
+
+     - replaced \@ifundefined with \ifcsundef
+
+     - replaced \let...\undefined with \undef...
+
+   * Bug Fixes:
+
+     - now works with equation counter in amsmath's align
+       environment.
+
+     - Mixed counters now work with xindy option.
+
+     - Fixed hyperlinks in location numbers where \theH<counter>
+       has a prefix not present in \the<counter>.
+
+     - If title specified in \printglossary but toctitle hasn't
+       been specified, make toctitle same as supplied title.
+
+     - \newglossaryentry "see" key and \glssee now sanitize and escape 
+       special characters before writing to output file. (Allows
+       user to redefine \seename any point before \printglossary or
+       \printglossaries.)
+
+     - \glshyperlink: Changed the default value of the optional argument
+                      to \glsentrytext instead of \glsentryname.
+
+   * mfirstuc.sty (v1.05):
+
+     - added \glsmakefirstuc (replaces \@gls@makefirstuc) to make
+       it easier to customise.
+
+   makeglossaries (v2.02):
+
+   * now displays version number on startup unless -q
+
+   * added more diagnostics to give more helpful messages than
+     those supplied by xindy or makeindex.
+
+v2.07:
+
+   * Fixed bug that ignored format key in \glsadd
+
+   makeglossaries:
+
+   * Fixed bug causing failure to process aux files containing \@input
+
+v2.06:
+   * Added \altnewglossary
+
+   * added facility to customise acronyms if the predefined styles
+     don't fit the user's requirements.
+
+   * Serbian dictionary added (provided by Zoran Filipovic)
+
+   makeglossaries:
+
+   * Scans aux file for \@input in case \printglossary is in an
+     imported file.
+
+v2.05:
+   * Fixed error in .ist file and in \glsdisp caused by a 
+     misplace brace. (Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco).
+
+v2.04:
+   * Improved support for multiple lists of acronyms.
+
+   * Fixed bug that caused \glsadd to ignore counter option
+
+   * Fixed bug that causes babel to override translator's definition
+     of \glossaryname.
+
+   * Added user1, ... , user6 keys.
+
+   * Added polyglossia support
+
+   * makeglossaries now creates stub output file if input file is
+     empty
+
+  glossaries-accsupp v0.2:
+   * Added access keys.
+
+   * Added support for acronyms.
+
+  mfirstuc v1.04: 
+   * fixed bug occurring when initial control sequence
+     in the argument of \makefirstuc has more than one 
+     argument.
+
+v2.03:
+   * Added check to see if \glossarymark has been defined
+
+   * makeglossaries - failed file test messages printed to
+     stdout instead of stderr (so that it doesn't interrupt
+     latexmk).
+
+   * Fixed bug when entries used at the start of a paragraph.
+
+   * Added package option hyperfirst (boolean option to suppress
+     hyperlink on first use).
+
+   * Added pod to makeglossaries.
+
+v2.02:
+   * Renamed glossaries-dictionary-Brazil.dict to 
+     glossaries-dictionary-Brazilian.dict
+
+   * Replaced \@mkboth with \glossarymark in \glossarysection
+     to make it easier for the user to override it
+
+   * Fixed bug that generated no \printglossary warning when
+     the glossary is placed in a group
+
+   * translate=false option will now prevent automatic loading
+     of translator package.
+
+v2.01:
+   * Documentation changes:
+      - removed quick guide section from glossaries.pdf and replaced 
+        it with a separate beginners guide (glossariesbegin.pdf)
+      - added a section for front-end or script developers who
+        want to access information from the aux file
+
+   * Added new ragged right versions of long/super styles
+
+   * Added 'nomain' package option to suppress the creation of the
+     main glossary
+
+   * Added 'nowarn' package option to suppress warnings
+
+   * Removed unwanted full stops in transcript messages
+
+   * Changed \linewidth to \hsize when setting lengths
+
+   * Removed item_02 key from makeindex style file (no such key)
+
+   * Moved \@do@wrglossary before term is displayed to prevent
+     unwanted whatsit
+
+v2.0 (1.20):
+   * Fixed ngerman caption bug in glossaries-babel.sty
+
+v1.19:
+
+   * changed \acronymfont to use \textsmaller instead of \smaller
+     (for "smaller" package option)
+
+   * Added \glsdisp (similar to \glslink except that it uses
+     \glsdisplay/glsdisplayfirst and unsets the first use flag)
+
+   * Added experimental package glossaries-accsupp which 
+     requires accsupp package.
+
+v1.18:
+   * fixed missing closing } in glossaries-babel.sty
+
+   * added \glstarget so that glossary styles can be modified
+     in the document without using internal commands.
+
+   * glossary-super.sty isn't loaded if supertabular.sty isn't
+     installed.
+
+   * added nolong, nosuper, nolist, notree and nostyles package 
+     options to prevent loading unnecessary packages.
+
+   * added \oldacronym (emulates the old glossary package's 
+     \newacronym command).
+
+   * added sublistdotted style.
+
+   * fixed bug caused by misspelt \glspagewidthlist (should be
+     \glspagelistwidth).
+
+   * fixed border in super4colheaderborder and 
+     altsuper4colheaderborder styles.
+
+   * fixed sort sanitization when package option sanitize={name=false}
+     is used.
+
+v1.17:
+   * changed definition of \@glossary to prevent conflict with
+     memoir
+
+   * added check to determine if \printglossary is defined. (If
+     it is, issue warning and redefine.)
+
+   * provided means to suppress number list for specific entries
+
+   * provided means to suppress description terminator for
+     specific entries
+
+   * added cross-referencing support
+
+   * added hierarchical support
+
+   * added xindy support
+
+   * modified \glshypernumber to support \nohyperpage
+     (code provided by Heiko Oberdiek)
+
+   * added 2 and 3-page suffix support
+
+   * added "order" package option to set word/letter ordering
+     (only has an effect in combination with makeglossaries script)
+
+   * added Brazilian dictionary (supplied by Thiago de Melo)
+
+v1.16 :
+   * fixed bug that causes footnote option to remove hyperlink
+     for first use entries in glossaries other than the list
+     of acronyms. (footnote option should only affect entries
+     in \acronymtype glossary.)
+
+   * Raised hypertarget so that links to glossary entries don't
+     scroll off the top of the page.
+
+   * Fixed expansion-related bug (thanks to fix provided by
+     Ulrich Diez)
+
+v1.15 :
+   * added \glslabel
+
+   * added altlong4col* and altsuper4col* styles
+
+   * fixed PDF encoding problem caused when both translator
+     and hyperref packages are being used
+
+   * fixed bug when using smallcaps and smaller options that causes
+     the long form in the list of acronyms to be the same for each 
+     entry
+
+   * Added warnings when rerun required when using glossary
+     group hyper navigation
+
+glossaries.perl v1.04:
+   * add do_cmd_glslabel
+
+   * changed links to the start of the relevant glossary entry
+     rather than the entry's backlink
+
+   * added implementation of starred forms of \gls etc
+
+   * added frame related code if frames.pl has been loaded
+
+v1.14 :
+   * Fixed bug in \glsnavhyperlink that causes an error when used
+     with hyperref and translator packages.
+
+   * Added \glsautoprefix (specifies a prefix to the automatically
+     generated label)
+
+   * Added nonumberlist and numberedsection keys to \printglossary
+
+   * Changed \glsnavigation so that it only lists the groups that
+     are present. (This prevents unknown target warnings.)
+
+   * Amended documentation.
+
+mfirstuc v1.02 (18 June 2008):
+
+   * Fixed bug that transfered grouping, (e.g 
+     \makefirstuc{\emph{abc}xyz} moved the xyz into the \emph)
+
+   * If group following initial command is empty, \MakeUppercase
+     is applied to the command, e.g. \makefirstuc{\ae{}bc} now
+     produces \MakeUppercase\ae{}bc.
+
+v1.13 :
+   * Fixed bug in long4colheaderborder that puts an extra row
+     at the end of the glossary.
+
+   * Fixed bug in \glstext etc that ignored 3rd argument (thanks
+     to Franz Fischer for pointing this out).
+
+   * Removed only preamble restriction on \newglossaryentry and
+     \newacronym.
+
+   * Added \glspluralsuffix.
+
+   * Changed firstplural default so that it takes its value from
+     the plural key if the first key is omitted.
+
+   * Added \acrshortpl, \Acrshortpl, \ACRshortpl, \acrlongpl,
+     \Acrlongpl, \ACRlongpl, \acrfullpl, \Acrfullpl, \ACRfullpl.
+
+   * Fixed bugs in \Acrshort etc.
+
+   * Add package options "smaller" and "shortcuts".
+
+   * Acronym default plural forms now implemented for the additional
+     acronym styles.
+
+   * Fixed makeglossaries to allow filenames with spaces.
+
+   * Fixed error in documentation describing \glsaddall
+     - optional argument should be a key=value list.
+
+   * Added Polish support (thanks to Piotr Formella for supplying
+     the translations).
+
+   * If babel is loaded and translator package is found on TeX's
+     path, then the translator package will now be automatically 
+     loaded.
+
+mfirstuc v1.01 (13 May 2008):
+
+   * Added \xmakefirstuc (expands argument before applying \makefirstuc)
+
+v1.12 (8 March 2008):
+   * Fixed bug that causes \glspl to print the plural short form
+     on first use instead of the plural long form.
+
+   * Added descriptionplural and symbolplural keys.
+
+   * Added \glsshortkey, \glsshortpluralkey, \glslongkey and
+     \glslongpluralkey.
+
+   * Fixed bugs in \glsname, \glstext, \glsdesc etc.
+
+   * Added a check for \hypertarget in addition to checking
+     for \hyperlink (in the event that \hyperlink is defined
+     but not \hypertarget).
+
+   * Changed #! line in makeglossaries to use /usr/bin/env
+
+   * Added package mfirstuc.sty which provides the command 
+     \makefirstuc{<stuff>} which makes the first object of
+     <stuff> uppercase unless <stuff> starts with a control
+     sequence followed by a group, in which case the first
+     object in the group is converted to uppercase. Examples:
+
+     \makefirstuc{abc}        -> Abc
+     \makefirstuc{\emph{abc}} -> \emph{Abc}
+     \makefirstuc{{\'a}bc}    -> {\'A}bc
+     \makefirstuc{\ae bc}     -> \AE bc
+     \makefirstuc{{\ae}bc}    -> {\AE}bc
+
+     (but don't do \makefirstuc{\ae{}bc} which produces \ae Bc.)
+
+v1.11 (2 March 2008):
+   * Fixed error in manual (glossary style is set using \glossarystyle
+     not \setglossarystyle).
+
+   * Changed the way the package is archived to make it compatible
+     with TeX Live.
+
+   * Improved error handling of makeglossaries and added --version
+     and --help options.
+
+v1.1 (22 Feb 2008):
+
+   * New package options:
+
+     - numberline: 
+       inserts \numberline{} in \addcontentsline when used with
+       the toc option.
+
+     - numberedsection: 
+       puts glossaries in numbered chapters/sections
+
+     - translate:
+       translate=false option prevents glossaries package from
+       using pre-supplied translations.
+
+     - description:
+       changes definition of \newacronym to allow a description
+
+     - footnote:
+       changes definition of \newacronym to use a footnote on
+       first use
+
+     - smallcaps:
+       changes definition of \newacronym to set acronyms in 
+       small capitals
+
+     - dua:
+       changes definition of \newacronym to always expand
+       acronyms
+
+   * Added \setglossarysection
+     - changes the section type used by the glossaries
+
+   * Added listdotted glossary style.
+
+   * No longer uses xspace package; uses amsgen instead.
+
+   * Added \glsname, \glsdesc, \glssymbol, \glsfirst, \glstext, 
+     \glsplural and \glsfirstplural.
+
+   * Added support for translator package.
+
+v1.08 (13 Oct 2007):
+   * Added multilingual support
+   * Fixed bug in listgroup and altlistgroup styles so that 
+     \glsgroupheading uses \glsgetgrouptitle to get the group title 
+     instead of displaying the label
+   * Fixed typo in error message text when the description key
+     is missing to \newglossaryentry.
+
+v1.07 (13 Sep 2007):
+   * Fixed bug causing incorrect page number for entries in the
+     first paragraph of a page.
+
+v1.06 (21 Aug 2007):
+   * Changed the license text
+
+v1.05 (10 Aug 2007):
+   * Changed the default value of the sort key to just use the
+     name key
+   * Added \@mkboth to \glossarysection
+
+v1.04 (3 Aug 2007):
+   * Added \glstextformat
+
+v1.03 (4 July 2007):
+   * Added \glspostdescription
+
+v1.02 (25 May 2007):
+   * Added overview section in the documentation
+
+v1.01 (17 May 2007):
+   * Added number range facility (equivalent to makeindex's |( and |)
+     formatting commands.)
+   * Added a space after \delimN and \delimR in the ist file.
+
+v1.0 (16 May 2007): Initial release
diff --git a/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/INSTALL
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..9610836
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+INSTALLATION
+
+If you have downloaded the glossaries package using the TeX
+Directory Structure (TDS), that is you have downloaded the archive
+glossaries.tds.zip containing doc, tex, scripts and source
+directories, you need to follow the "Installing from TDS"
+instructions below.
+
+If you have downloaded the following files:
+
+glossaries.dtx
+glossaries.ins
+makeglossaries
+makeglossaries.bat
+
+You need to follow the "Installing from DTX and INS" instructions
+below.
+
+For further information on installing LaTeX packages see:
+
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=installthings
+
+INSTALLING FROM TDS
+===================
+
+Files in tex and doc directories should go in the corresponding
+TEXMF directories (for example, /usr/share/texmf-local/ or
+C:\localtexmf\). The scripts/glossaries/ directory contains the Perl
+script makeglossaries and the batch file makeglossaries.bat which
+should go somewhere on your operating system's PATH. (Both files are
+required for Windows, but only the Perl script is required for other
+operating systems.)
+
+*Remember to refresh TeX's database*
+
+Example (on UNIX like systems):
+
+unzip glossaries.tds.zip -d ~/texmf/
+texhash ~/texmf/
+
+A minimal example file called minimalgls.tex is provided for testing
+and debugging purposes and can be found in the package documentation
+samples directory (doc/latex/glossaries/samples/). To test your
+installation do:
+
+latex minimalgls
+makeglossaries minimalgls
+latex minimalgls
+
+The LaTeX2HTML style file, glossaries.perl, is located in 
+source/latex/glossaries and should go in the LaTeX2HTML styles 
+directory, if required.
+
+INSTALLING FROM DTX AND INS
+===========================
+
+Run LaTeX on glossaries.ins to generate the package style files,
+sample files and LaTeX2HTML style file:
+
+latex glossaries.ins
+
+To create the package documentation (glossaries-code.pdf):
+
+pdflatex -jobname glossaries-code glossaries.dtx
+makeindex -s gind.ist glossaries.idx
+makeindex -s gglo.ist -o glossaries.gls glossaries.glo
+makeglossaries glossaries
+pdflatex -jobname glossaries-code glossaries.dtx
+pdflatex -jobname glossaries-code glossaries.dtx
+
+If TEXMF denotes the base directory of your local TeX installation (e.g.
+/usr/share/texmf-local/ or C:\localtexmf\) then create the following
+directories (if they don't already exist):
+
+TEXMF/doc/latex/glossaries
+TEXMF/doc/latex/glossaries/samples
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/base
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/expl
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/styles
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/dict
+
+Move the sample files (*.tex) to TEXMF/doc/latex/glossaries/sample/
+
+Move the documentation (*.pdf) to TEXMF/doc/latex/glossaries/
+
+Move glossaries.sty, glossaries-babel.sty,
+glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty and 
+mfirstuc.sty to
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/base/
+
+Move glossaries-accsupp.sty to
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/expl/
+
+Move the other style files (glossary-*.sty) to
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/styles/
+
+Move the dictionary files (*.dict) to
+TEXMF/tex/latex/glossaries/dict/
+
+Move makeglossaries to somewhere on your path, e.g. /usr/bin/.
+
+If you are a Windows user, you will also need to move
+makeglossaries.bat to the same location as makeglossaries, but you
+will need to have Perl installed to be able to use makeglossaries.
+(It is possible to use makeindex or xindy directly if you don't have
+Perl installed. See the manual, glossaries.pdf, for details.)
+
+*Remember to refresh TeX's database*
+
+A minimal example file called minimalgls.tex is provided for testing
+and debugging purposes. This file is created along with all the other
+sample files when you run glossaries.ins through LaTeX. To test your
+installation do:
+
+latex minimalgls
+makeglossaries minimalgls
+latex minimalgls
+
+If you want to use the glossaries package with LaTeX2HTML:
+move glossaries.perl to the LaTeX2HTML styles directory.
diff --git a/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/README
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..905014d
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.07
+
+Last Modified : 2014-04-04
+
+Author        : Nicola Talbot
+
+Package FAQ   : http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html
+
+This package is provided to assist generating glossaries.
+The package supports acronyms and multiple glossaries.
+New entries are defined to have a name and description (and
+optionally an associated symbol). Plural forms can also be
+specified.  New glossary styles can be defined, and preambles
+and postambles can be specified. There is provision for loading
+a database of terms, only terms used in the text will be added
+to the relevant glossary.
+
+*This package replaces the glossary package which is now obsolete.*
+
+The glossaries bundle also includes mfirstuc.sty which provides
+\makefirstuc{<stuff>} which makes the first object of
+<stuff> uppercase unless <stuff> starts with a control
+sequence followed by a non-empty group, in which case the first
+object in the group is converted to uppercase. Examples:
+
+     \makefirstuc{abc}        -> Abc
+     \makefirstuc{\emph{abc}} -> \emph{Abc}
+     \makefirstuc{{\'a}bc}    -> \'Abc
+     \makefirstuc{\ae bc}     -> \AE bc
+     \makefirstuc{{\ae}bc}    -> \AE bc
+     \makefirstuc{\ae{}bc}    -> \AE{}bc
+
+glossaries-accsupp.sty is an experimental package that uses the
+accsupp package to provide accessibility support for the
+glossaries package.
+
+INSTALLATION
+
+See INSTALL file for installation instructions.
+
+REQUIREMENTS
+
+ifthen
+xkeyval *at least version 2.5f (2006/11/18)*
+xfor
+amsgen
+etoolbox
+longtable (unless you use the nolong or nostyles package options)
+datatool-base
+textcase
+
+If the supertabular package is installed, it will also be loaded
+unless the nosuper or nostyles package options are used. If the
+supertabular package isn't installed, you can still use the
+glossaries package, but you won't be able to use any of the styles
+defined in glossaries-super.sty. If you want to use
+glossary-longragged.sty or glossary-superragged.sty you will also
+need the array package. If you want to use glossary-mcols you will
+also need the multicol package.
+
+Note that the current version of the glossaries package doesn't
+load xspace.
+
+If you want to use the experimental glossaries-accsupp.sty
+you will also need the accsupp package.
+
+LaTeX2HTML
+
+This package comes with a LaTeX2HTML style files glossaries.perl and
+mfirstuc.perl which should be placed in the relevant LaTeX2HTML
+styles directory, but note that these styles only supplies a sub-set
+of the commands provided by glossaries.sty and mfirstuc.sty, so some
+commands may not be implemented or may be implemented in a different
+way.
+
+LICENCE
+
+This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. 
+See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 
+for the details of that license.
+
+Author's home page: http://www.dickimaw-books.com/
+
diff --git a/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..2cfcab2
Binary files /dev/null and b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf differ
diff --git a/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/src/texmf/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..99d2857
--- /dev/null
@@ -0,0 +1,26257 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> 
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" 
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">  
+<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->  
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"  
+> 
+<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.07</title> 
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> 
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
+<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
+<meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> 
+<meta name="date" content="2014-04-04 12:03:00" /> 
+<style type="text/css"> 
+<!--  
+/* start css.sty */  
+.cmr-7{font-size:70%;}  
+.cmmi-7{font-size:70%;font-style: italic;}  
+.cmmi-10{font-style: italic;}  
+.cmr-17{font-size:170%;}  
+.cmr-12{font-size:120%;}  
+.cmr-8{font-size:80%;}  
+.cmsy-8{font-size:80%;}  
+.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}  
+.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}  
+.cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace;}  
+.cmsy-9{font-size:90%;}  
+.cmbx-12{font-size:120%; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmbx-12{ font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace; font-style: italic;}  
+.cmbxti-10{ font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;}  
+.cmmib-10{font-style: italic; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10x-x-120{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }  
+p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }  
+td p.noindent { text-indent: 0em; margin-top:0em; }  
+p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }  
+p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }  
+@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}  
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }  
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }  
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }  
+.Canvas { position:relative; }  
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}  
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }  
+li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }  
+li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
+li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
+.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}  
+.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}  
+.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}  
+.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}  
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}  
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }  
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }  
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }  
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }  
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}  
+.centerline {text-align:center;}  
+.rightline {text-align:right;}  
+div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }  
+.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+div.fbox {display:table}  
+div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+div.minipage{width:100%;}  
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}  
+div.center div {text-align: left;}  
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}  
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}  
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}  
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }  
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }  
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}  
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}  
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}  
+span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }  
+span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }  
+div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85%;}  
+div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}  
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}  
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}  
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }  
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }  
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }  
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }  
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }  
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }  
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }  
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }  
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }  
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }  
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }  
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}  
+span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }  
+span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}  
+a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }  
+span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85%;}  
+span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }  
+div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}  
+div.float img {text-align:center;}  
+div.figure img {text-align:center;}  
+.marginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}  
+.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}  
+table.equation {width:100%;}  
+.equation td{text-align:center; }  
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }  
+td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }  
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }  
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }  
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}  
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}  
+div.array {text-align:center;}  
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}  
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}  
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}  
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}  
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}  
+span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}  
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}  
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}  
+.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}  
+.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}  
+div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}  
+div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }  
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}  
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }  
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }  
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}  
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}  
+.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}  
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}  
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}  
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}  
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }  
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}  
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }  
+.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }  
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}  
+.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}  
+div.abstract {width:100%;}  
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}  
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}  
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }  
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }  
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }  
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }  
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }  
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }  
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }  
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }  
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }  
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }  
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }  
+div.array {text-align:center;}  
+.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }  
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }  
+.equation td{text-align:center; }  
+.equation-star td{text-align:center; }  
+table.equation-star { width:100%; }  
+table.equation { width:100%; }  
+table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}  
+table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}  
+td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }  
+td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}  
+td.align-even { text-align:left; padding-right:0.6em;}  
+table.multline, table.multline-star {width:100%;}  
+td.gather {text-align:center; }  
+table.gather {width:100%;}  
+div.gather-star {text-align:center;}  
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }  
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}  
+.supertabular {text-align:center}  
+div.important { border : solid red; }  
+div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}  
+/* end css.sty */  
+--> 
+</style> 
+</head><body 
+>
+   <div class="maketitle"><a 
+ id="top"></a>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+
+<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.07</h2>
+          <div class="author" ><span 
+class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span>
+<br /> <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-_books.com/</span></a></div><br />
+<div class="date" ><span 
+class="cmr-12">2014-04-04</span></div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+   </div>
+   <div 
+class="abstract" 
+>
+<!--l. 372--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+<div class="center" 
+>
+<!--l. 372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 372--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
+<!--l. 373--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or acronyms or symbols that can
+be referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a 
+ id="dx1-2"></a><a 
+href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be
+generated using a supplementary <a 
+ id="dx1-3"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>.
+</p><!--l. 377--><p class="indent" >
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   </div>
+<!--l. 379--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have various styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of
+terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is
+determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the glossary. They may just
+have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical words
+with complicated descriptions. The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to
+accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a&#x00A0;big
+manual.
+</p><!--l. 389--><p class="indent" >   &#x1F631;&#x00A0;If you&#8217;re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span>
+(&#8220;The glossaries package: a guide for beginnners&#8221;). You should find it in the same
+directory as this document or try <span 
+class="cmtt-10">texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you&#8217;ve got to
+grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the
+settings. </div>
+</p><!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 397--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle comes with the following documentation:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<a 
+href="glossariesbegin.pdf" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If you are a complete beginner, start with <a 
+href="glossariesbegin.html" >&#8220;The glossaries
+     package: a guide for beginners&#8221;</a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.pdf" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossary2glossaries.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If you are moving over from the obsolete <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4"></a>
+     package,  read  <a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading  from  the  glossary  package  to  the  glossaries
+     package&#8221;</a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">glossaries-user.pdf</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This document is the main user guide for the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+     package.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+href="mfirstuc-manual.pdf" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">mfirstuc-_manual.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">The commands provided by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5"></a> package are
+     briefly described in <a 
+href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >&#8220;mfirstuc.sty: uppercasing first letter&#8221;</a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+href="glossaries-code.pdf" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries-_code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner
+     workings of all the packages provided in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read
+     &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.07&#8221;. This includes the documented
+     code for the <span 
+class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6"></a> package.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">INSTALL</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Installation instructions.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">CHANGES</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Change log.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">README</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Package summary.
+     </dd></dl>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 433--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8"></a> <span 
+class="cmti-10">first</span>. Similarly the <span 
+class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9"></a>
+package must also be loaded before <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. (If <span 
+class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10"></a> is loaded, the file extensions for
+the default main glossary are changed to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">gls2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg2</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13"></a> to avoid conflict with
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">doc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14"></a>&#8217;s changes glossary.)<a 
+ id="pdflatexnote"></a>
+</p><!--l. 442--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15"></a>, it&#8217;s best to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16"></a> rather than <span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17"></a> (DVI
+format) as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format,
+you will encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in
+subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not with <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 450--><p class="indent" >   Other documents that describe using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package include: <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX
+to Write a PhD Thesis</a> and <a 
+href="http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms" >Glossaries, Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and
+Acronyms</a>.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
+ id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h2> <div class="tableofcontents">
+   <span class="chapterToc" > <a 
+href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >1 <a 
+href="#sec:intro" id="QQ2-1-5">Introduction</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.1 <a 
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-7">Sample Documents</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.2 <a 
+href="#sec:languages" id="QQ2-1-8">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.2.1 <a 
+href="#sec:fixednames" id="QQ2-1-9">Changing the Fixed Names</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.3 <a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries" id="QQ2-1-12">Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.1 <a 
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp" id="QQ2-1-14">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.2 <a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp" id="QQ2-1-15">Using xindy explicitly (Option&#x00A0;3)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.3 <a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp" id="QQ2-1-16">Using makeindex explicitly (Option&#x00A0;2)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.3.4 <a 
+href="#sec:notedev" id="QQ2-1-17">Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-18">Package Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a 
+href="#generaloptions" id="QQ2-1-19">General Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a 
+href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions" id="QQ2-1-20">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a 
+href="#glossaryappearanceoptions" id="QQ2-1-21">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a 
+href="#sortingoptions" id="QQ2-1-22">Sorting Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a 
+href="#acronymoptions" id="QQ2-1-23">Acronym Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >2.5.1 <a 
+href="#deprecatedacronymstyleoptions" id="QQ2-1-24">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a 
+href="#otheroptions" id="QQ2-1-25">Other Options</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a 
+href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-26">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a 
+href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-27">Setting Up</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a 
+href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-28">Option 1</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a 
+href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-29">Options 2 and 3</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-30">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a 
+href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-31">Plurals</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a 
+href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-32">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a 
+href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-33">Additional Keys</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a 
+href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-34">Expansion</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a 
+href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-36">Sub-Entries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.1 <a 
+href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-37">Hierarchical Categories</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.2 <a 
+href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-38">Homographs</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.6 <a 
+href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-39">Loading Entries From a File</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.7 <a 
+href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-40">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.8 <a 
+href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-41">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.1 <a 
+href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-42">Technical Issues</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.2 <a 
+href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-43">Good Practice Issues</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-44">Number lists</a></span>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a 
+href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-45">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a 
+href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-47">Changing the format of the link text</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a 
+href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-48">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a 
+href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-49">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a 
+href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-50">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8.1 <a 
+href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-51">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-52">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-53">Displaying a glossary</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a 
+href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-54">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a 
+href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-55">Language and Encodings</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.2 <a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-56">Locations and Number lists</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.3 <a 
+href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-57">Glossary Groups</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a 
+href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-58">Defining New Glossaries</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-59">Acronyms</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a 
+href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-61">Changing the Acronym Style</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.1 <a 
+href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-62">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.2 <a 
+href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-63">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.2 <a 
+href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-64">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.3 <a 
+href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-65">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a 
+href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-67">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >15 <a 
+href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-68">Glossary Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.1 <a 
+href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-69">Predefined Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.1 <a 
+href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-71">List Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.2 <a 
+href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-72">Longtable Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.3 <a 
+href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-73">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.4 <a 
+href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-74">Supertabular Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.5 <a 
+href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-75">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.6 <a 
+href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-76">Tree-Like Styles</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.7 <a 
+href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-77">Multicols Style</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >15.1.8 <a 
+href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-79">In-Line Style</a></span>
+<br />   &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.2 <a 
+href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-80">Defining your own glossary style</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >16 <a 
+href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-81">Utilities</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >17 <a 
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-82">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >18 <a 
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-83">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" >19 <a 
+href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-84">Troubleshooting</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="chapterToc" > <a 
+href="#index">Index</a></span>
+   </div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+   <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
+ id="x1-2000"></a>List  of  Tables</h2><div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:options">Glossary  Options:  Pros  and  Cons</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:supportedlanguages">Supported
+Languages</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.3&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:predefinednames">Customised Text</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.4&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Commands and package options that have no effect
+when using xindy or makeindex explicitly</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >4.1&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:fieldmap">Key to Field Mappings</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >6.1&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:hyperxx">Predefined
+Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:shortcuts">Synonyms provided by the package option
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.2&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:xspace">The effect of using xspace</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.1&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:styles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#tab:mcols">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br />
+   </div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="likesection.1"></a><a 
+ id="glossary"></a>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a 
+ id="x1-3000"></a>Glossary</h2><span 
+class="cmti-10">This glossary style was setup using:</span>
+<table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span></td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy,</span>
+</td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                         </p><table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing">            </td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist,</span></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                              </p><table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing"></td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">toc,</span></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                        </p><table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing"></td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">nopostdot,</span></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                                    </p><table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing"></td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">style=altlist,</span></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >                                           </p><table  
+cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0" 
+class="tabbing"><tr  
+style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;" 
+class="tabbing"></td><td  
+class="tabbing"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip]</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">glossaries</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">}</span></td></tr></table>
+<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >
+</p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span><br 
+class="newline" /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3001"></a><span 
+class="cmsy-10">}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[3][\seename</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3002"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">% </span><br 
+class="newline" /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">(\xmakefirstuc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3003"></a><span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">} </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3004"></a><span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">#2</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">}</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.)</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:cli"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Command Line Interface (CLI)</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An application that doesn&#8217;t have a graphical user interface. That is, an
+     application that doesn&#8217;t have any windows, buttons or menus and can be
+     run in <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command prompt or terminal</a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Entry location</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3005"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number
+     on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:exlatinalph"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Alphabet</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3006"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a 
+ id="dx1-3007"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3008"></a>s</a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3009"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3010"></a>s</a>.
+     <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:exlatinchar"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Character</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3011"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A character that&#8217;s created by combining <a 
+ id="dx1-3012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3013"></a>s</a> to form ligatures
+     (e.g.&#x00A0;&aelig;) or by applying diacritical marks to a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-3014"></a>Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3015"></a> or characters
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     (e.g.&#x00A0;&aacute; or &oslash;). See also <a 
+ id="dx1-3016"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3017"></a></a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:firstuse"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">First use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3018"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
+     or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3019"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3020"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3021"></a>,
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3022"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3023"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3024"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3025"></a>. (See <a 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> &amp; <a 
+href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.)
+     <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">First use flag</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3026"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used
+     according  to  the  rules  of  <a 
+ id="dx1-3027"></a><a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first  use</a>.  Commands  to  unset  or  reset  this
+     conditional are described in <a 
+href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>14 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">First use text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3028"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a 
+ id="dx1-3029"></a><a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3030"></a> and
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3031"></a> keys of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3032"></a>. (May be overridden by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3033"></a>.)
+     <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:indexingapp"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Indexing application</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An  application  (piece  of  software)  separate  from  <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>/<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;that
+     collates  and  sorts  information  that  has  an  associated  page  reference.
+     Generally the information is an index entry but in this case the information
+     is a glossary entry. There are two main indexing applications that are used
+     with <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>: <a 
+ id="dx1-3034"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3035"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3036"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3037"></a></a>. These are both <a 
+ id="dx1-3038"></a><a 
+href="#glo:cli">command line interface
+     (CLI)</a> applications. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:latinalph"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Latin Alphabet</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3039"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />The  alphabet  consisting  of  <a 
+ id="dx1-3040"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinchar">Latin  character<a 
+ id="dx1-3041"></a>s</a>.  See  also  <a 
+ id="dx1-3042"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended  Latin
+     alphabet</a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:latinchar"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Latin Character</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3043"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />One of the letters <span 
+class="cmtt-10">a</span>, &#x2026;, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">A</span>, &#x2026;, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">Z</span>. See also <a 
+ id="dx1-3044"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3045"></a></a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:linktext"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Link text</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3046"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />The text produced by commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3047"></a>. It may or may not be a
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     hyperlink to the glossary. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3048"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A custom designed Perl script interface to <a 
+ id="dx1-3049"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3050"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-3051"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3052"></a></a> provided
+     with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:makeglossariesgui"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3053"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A Java GUI alternative to <a 
+ id="dx1-3054"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3055"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic
+     tools. Available separately on CTAN. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:makeindex"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3056"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An <a 
+ id="dx1-3057"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:nonlatinalph"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Alphabet</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3058"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a 
+ id="dx1-3059"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3060"></a>s</a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:nonlatinchar"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Character</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3061"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An <a 
+ id="dx1-3062"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-3063"></a></a> or a&#x00A0;character from a&#x00A0;non-<a 
+ id="dx1-3064"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a 
+ id="dx1-3065"></a></a>. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:numberlist"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Number list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3066"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A list of <a 
+ id="dx1-3067"></a><a 
+href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can
+     be suppressed using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3068"></a> package option. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:sanitize"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Sanitize</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3069"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command
+     called, say, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>, is converted into the sequence of characters: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">o</span>.
+     Depending on the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when
+     used in the main document text, so <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: &#8212;foo.
+     <!--l. 201--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of  <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to
+     the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by
+     fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3070"></a> key. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:latexexlatinchar"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Standard </span><span class="LATEX"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">L</span><span class="A"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">A</span></span><span class="TEX"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">T</span><span 
+class="E"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">E</span></span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">X</span></span></span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;Extended Latin Character</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3071"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />An   <a 
+ id="dx1-3072"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended   Latin   character<a 
+ id="dx1-3073"></a></a>   that   can   be   created   by   a&#x00A0;core
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;command, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(&oslash;) or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;e </span>(&eacute;). That is, the character can
+     be produced without the need to load a&#x00A0;particular package. <br 
+class="newline" />
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<a 
+ id="glo:xindy"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3074"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><br 
+class="newline" />A flexible <a 
+ id="dx1-3075"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. <br 
+class="newline" /></dd></dl>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 471--><p class="indent" >   <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a 
+ id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
+</p><!--l. 474--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or
+abbreviations (glossaries). It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to
+customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports
+glossary styles that include symbols (in addition to a name and description) for glossary
+entries. There is provision for loading a database of glossary terms. Only those terms
+used<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-4001f1"></a>&#x00A0;in
+the document will be added to the glossary.
+</p><!--l. 487--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+class="cmbx-10">This package replaces the </span><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">glossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4005"></a> <span 
+class="cmbx-10">package which is now obsolete. </span>Please
+see the document <a 
+href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package&#8221;</a> for
+assistance in upgrading.
+</p><!--l. 491--><p class="indent" >   One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this
+is the necessity of having a large manual that can cover all the various settings. If you
+are daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a 
+href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for
+beginners</a>.
+</p><!--l. 497--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There&#8217;s a&#x00A0;common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to
+use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Perl is <span 
+class="cmti-10">not </span>a&#x00A0;requirement but it does increase the available
+options, particularly if you use an <a 
+ id="dx1-4006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-4007"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 502--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 504--><p class="indent" >   The basic idea behind the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries
+(terms, symbols or abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your
+document (like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also, optionally, display a&#x00A0;list of the entries
+you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part, displaying
+the glossary is the part that most new users find difficult. There are three
+options:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="option1"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span>:
+     <!--l. 515--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it&#8217;s slow and if you want a sorted list, it
+     doesn&#8217;t work well for <a 
+ id="dx1-4008"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4009"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>.
+     However, if you use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4010"></a> package option (the default for
+     Option&#x00A0;1) then the <a 
+ id="dx1-4011"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent commands</a> will be ignored,
+     so if an entry&#8217;s name is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{\&#8217;e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort will default to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">elite</span>
+     if <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4012"></a> is used and will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;elite</span></span></span> if <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4013"></a>
+     is used.
+         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4015x1">Add  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to  your  preamble  (before  you  start
+         defining your entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+         </li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4017x2">Put
+         <!--l. 533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span></div><hr>
+         </p><!--l. 534--><p class="noindent" >
+         where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>10 </a><a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a
+         glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4019x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice on your document. (As you would do to make a&#x00A0;table
+         of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the &#8220;typeset&#8221; or &#8220;build&#8221; or
+         &#8220;PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#8221; button in your editor.</li></ol>
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="option2"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span>:
+     <!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-4020"></a><a 
+href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> application called <a 
+ id="dx1-4021"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4022"></a></a>
+     to sort the entries. This application comes with all modern <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions,
+     but it&#8217;s hard-coded for the non-extended <a 
+ id="dx1-4023"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a 
+ id="dx1-4024"></a></a>, so it doesn&#8217;t work well
+     for <a 
+ id="dx1-4025"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4026"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. This process involves
+     making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a temporary file which
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-4027"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4028"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
+ id="dx1-4029"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4030"></a></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code
+     to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;then reads this file in on the next
+     run.
+         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4032x1">Add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining
+         your entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+         </li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4034x2">Put
+         <!--l. 561--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span></div><hr>
+         </p><!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >
+         where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a 
+href="#sec:printglossary"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>10 </a><a 
+href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a
+         glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4036x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>
+         and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>,
+         then you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you
+         look at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t
+         been created yet.
+         </li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4038x4">Run <a 
+ id="dx1-4039"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4040"></a></a> with the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file
+         as the style so that it creates an output file with the extension
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for
+         example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or
+         the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the
+         command:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+         makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
+</div>
+         <!--l. 581--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid
+         spaces in the file name.) If you don&#8217;t know how to use the command
+         prompt, then you can probably access <a 
+ id="dx1-4041"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4042"></a></a> via your text editor,
+         but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I&#x00A0;can&#8217;t
+         give a&#x00A0;general description. You will have to check your editor&#8217;s
+         manual.
+         </p><!--l. 589--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you want
+         letter ordering you need to add the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-l </span>switch:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+         makeindex&#x00A0;-l&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
+</div>
+         <!--l. 595--><p class="nopar" > (See <a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a 
+ id="dx1-4043"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4044"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on
+         using <a 
+ id="dx1-4045"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4046"></a> explicitly.)
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4048x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
+         <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document again.</li></ol>
+     <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" >This is the default option (although you still need to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to
+     ensure the glossary files are created).
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+ </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="option3"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span>:
+     <!--l. 608--><p class="noindent" >This option uses a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-4049"></a><a 
+href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a 
+ id="dx1-4050"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4051"></a></a> to sort the entries. This
+     application is more flexible than <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort <a 
+ id="dx1-4052"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin
+     alphabets</a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4053"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. The <a 
+ id="dx1-4054"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4055"></a></a> application comes with
+     <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. Since <a 
+ id="dx1-4056"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4057"></a></a> is a Perl script, if you are
+     using MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;you will not only need to install <a 
+ id="dx1-4058"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4059"></a></a>, you will also
+     need to install Perl. In a&#x00A0;similar way to <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>, this option involves
+     making <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a&#x00A0;temporary file
+     which <a 
+ id="dx1-4060"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4061"></a></a> reads. Then <a 
+ id="dx1-4062"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4063"></a></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code
+     to typeset the glossary. <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;then reads this file in on the next
+     run.
+         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4065x1">Add the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4066"></a> option to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option list:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+         \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
+</div>
+         <!--l. 625--><p class="nopar" >
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4068x2">Add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your
+         entries, as described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
+         </li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4070x3">Run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>
+         and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>(for example, if your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>,
+         then you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you
+         look at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t
+         been created yet.
+         </li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4072x4">Run <a 
+ id="dx1-4073"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4074"></a></a> with the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as
+         a&#x00A0;module so that it creates an output file with the extension <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You
+         also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you
+         have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the
+         MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for
+         Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one
+         line):
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+         xindy&#x00A0;&#x00A0;-L&#x00A0;english&#x00A0;-C&#x00A0;utf8&#x00A0;-I&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;-M&#x00A0;myDoc
+         &#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;myDoc.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
+</div>
+         <!--l. 648--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid
+         spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of
+         your language and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding.) If you don&#8217;t know how
+         to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a 
+ id="dx1-4075"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4076"></a></a> via your
+         text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I&#x00A0;can&#8217;t
+         give a&#x00A0;general description. You will have to check your editor&#8217;s
+         manual.
+         </p><!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you
+         want letter ordering you need to add the <span 
+class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4077"></a> package
+         option:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+         \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
+</div>
+         <!--l. 664--><p class="nopar" > (See <a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a 
+ id="dx1-4078"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4079"></a></a> explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using
+         <a 
+ id="dx1-4080"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4081"></a> explicitly.)
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-4083x5">Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
+         <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;on your document again.
+         </li></ol>
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 675--><p class="indent" >   For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, it can be difficult to remember all the parameters required
+for <a 
+ id="dx1-4084"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4085"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4086"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4087"></a></a>, so the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a&#x00A0;script called
+<a 
+ id="dx1-4088"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4089"></a></a> that reads the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file to determine what settings you have used
+and will then run <a 
+ id="dx1-4090"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4091"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4092"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4093"></a></a>. Again, this is a&#x00A0;command line application
+and can be run in a&#x00A0;terminal or command prompt. For example, if your
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document is in the file <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then run:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
+</div>
+<!--l. 686--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in
+the file name.) This is described in more detail in <a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated
+Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 691--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>are temporary files created to help build your document. You
+should not edit or explicitly input them. However, you may need to delete them if
+something goes wrong and you need to do a fresh build. </div>
+</p><!--l. 696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 698--><p class="indent" >   An overview of these three options is given in <a 
+href="#tab:options">table&#x00A0;1.1</a>.
+</p>
+   <div class="table">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 701--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
+>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+ <div class="caption" 
+><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.1: </span><span  
+class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-40941 -->
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" 
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col 
+id="TBL-2-1" /><col 
+id="TBL-2-2" /><col 
+id="TBL-2-3" /><col 
+id="TBL-2-4" /></colgroup><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
+class="td11"> <a 
+href="#option1"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a>  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3"  
+class="td11"> <a 
+href="#option2"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span></a>  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4"  
+class="td11"> <a 
+href="#option3"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span></a>  </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+  an
+  external
+  application?                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 710--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+  Perl?                           </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 712--><p class="noindent" >Can
+  sort
+  <a 
+ id="dx1-4095"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended
+  Latin
+  alphabets</a>
+  or
+  <a 
+ id="dx1-4096"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin
+  alphabets</a>?                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+class="cmsy-9">&#8224;</span></sup>   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 715--><p class="noindent" >Efficient
+  sort
+  algorithm?                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 717--><p class="noindent" >Can
+  use
+  a
+  different
+  sort
+  algorithm
+  for
+  each
+  glossary?                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 719--><p class="noindent" >Can
+  form
+  ranges
+  in
+  the
+  location
+  lists?                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 721--><p class="noindent" >Can
+  have
+  non-standard
+  locations
+  in
+  the
+  location
+  lists?                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" >Maximum
+  hierarchical
+  depth                           </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
+class="td11"> Unlimited  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3"  
+class="td11">     3        </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4"  
+class="td11"> Unlimited  </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 725--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4097"></a>
+ reliable?                       </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 727--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4098"></a>
+ restricted
+  to
+  preamble?                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 729--><p class="noindent" >Requires
+  additional
+  write
+  registers?                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2718;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-4"  
+class="td11">     <span 
+class="pzdr-">&#x2714;         </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >Default
+  value
+  of
+  <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4099"></a>
+  package
+  option                          </p></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
+class="td11">   <span 
+class="cmtt-10">false   </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3"  
+class="td11">    <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true    </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-4"  
+class="td11">    <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true    </span></td>
+</tr></table>                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</div>
+<!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
+class="cmsy-9">&#8224;</span></sup> Strips standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accents (that is, accents generated by core
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;commands) so, for example, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\AA</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4100"></a> is treated the same as A.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   </div><hr class="endfloat" />
+   </div>
+<!--l. 740--><p class="indent" >   This document uses the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the
+PDF version of this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as
+Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on the word &#8220;<a 
+ id="dx1-4101"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4102"></a></a>&#8221; you&#8217;ll be taken
+to the entry in the glossary where there&#8217;s a brief description of the term
+&#8220;<a 
+ id="dx1-4103"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4104"></a>&#8221;.
+</p><!--l. 747--><p class="indent" >   The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
+     <ul class="itemize1">
+     <li class="itemize"><a 
+href="#sec:samples"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this
+     package.
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><a 
+href="#sec:languages"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to
+     write in a language other than English.
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-4105"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing  application</a>  to  create  the  sorted  glossaries  for  your  document
+     (Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>).
+     </li></ul>
+<!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h3>
+<!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the
+various functions. These should be located in the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory. This location varies according to your
+operating system and <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distribution. You can use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">texdoc </span>to locate the main
+glossaries documentation. For example, in a <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal or command prompt</a>, type:
+<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 774--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+This should display a list of all the files in the glossaries documentation directory with
+their full pathnames.
+</p><!--l. 778--><p class="indent" >   If you can&#8217;t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest
+CTAN mirror at <a 
+href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 782--><p class="indent" >   The  sample  documents  are  as
+follows<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-5001f2"></a>:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5002r1"></a> This document is a minimal working example. You can test your
+     installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do
+     the following steps:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         <ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5004x1">Run <span 
+class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex minimalgls</span></span>
+         <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text
+         editor or front-end. This will create the required associated files but you
+         will not see the glossary. If you use PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;you will also
+         get warnings about non-existent references that look something
+         like:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+         pdfTeX&#x00A0;warning&#x00A0;(dest):&#x00A0;name{glo:aca}&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;been
+         &#x00A0;<br />referenced&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;does&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;exist,
+         &#x00A0;<br />replaced&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;fixed&#x00A0;one
+</div>
+         <!--l. 805--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first run.
+         </p><!--l. 808--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Missing</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it&#8217;s most likely that
+         your version of <span 
+class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5005"></a> is out of date. Check the log file for a warning of
+         that nature. If this is the case, you will need to update the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span>
+         package.
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5007x2">Run <a 
+ id="dx1-5008"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5009"></a></a> on the document (<a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated
+         Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing
+         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span>
+         <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         or by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span>
+         </p><!--l. 822--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         If your system doesn&#8217;t recognise the command <span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl </span>then it&#8217;s likely you
+         don&#8217;t have Perl installed. In which case you will need to use <a 
+ id="dx1-5010"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5011"></a></a>
+         directly. You can do this in a terminal by typing (all on one line):
+         <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls</span>
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.glo</span></span>
+         </p><!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         (See <a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.3 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a 
+ id="dx1-5012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5013"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on
+         using <a 
+ id="dx1-5014"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5015"></a> explicitly.)
+         </p><!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains
+         spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with the double-quote
+         character.
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5017x3">Run <span 
+class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;again (as step&#x00A0;1)</li></ol>
+     <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in
+     the glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where
+     the entry was referenced.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-noidx.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5018r2"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
+     without an external <a 
+ id="dx1-5019"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). To create the complete
+     document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx</span></span>
+     <!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-noidx-utf8.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5020r3"></a> As the previous example, except that it uses the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5021"></a> package. To create the complete document, you need to do:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-noidx-utf8</span></span>
+     <!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5022r4"></a> This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries
+     have a symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete
+     document, you need to do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample4col</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample4col</span></span>
+     <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     As before, if you don&#8217;t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a 
+ id="dx1-5023"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5024"></a></a>
+     directly instead of using <a 
+ id="dx1-5025"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5026"></a></a>. The vertical gap between entries is
+     the gap created at the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5027"></a> package option.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5028r5"></a> This document has some sample acronyms. It also adds the glossary
+     to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required to ensure
+     the document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcr</span></span>
+     <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5029r6"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that the
+     acronyms have an associated description. As with the previous example, the
+     glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is
+     required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span>
+     <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5030r7"></a> This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the
+     acronyms using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5031"></a> instead of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5032"></a>. As with the
+     previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run
+     through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDesc</span></span>
+     <!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5033r8"></a> This document has some sample acronyms with a custom
+     acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run
+     through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleCustomAcr</span></span>
+     <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5034r9"></a> This is similar to <a 
+href="#x1-5029r6"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, except that it uses the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5035"></a> style. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to
+     the table of contents, so an extra run through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleFnAcrDesc</span></span>
+     <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5036r10"></a> This example defines a custom display format that puts the
+     description in a footnote on first use. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-FnDesc</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-FnDesc</span></span>
+     <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5037r11"></a> This document illustrates how to define your own
+     acronym style if the predefined styles don&#8217;t suit your requirements.
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span>
+     <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5038r12"></a> This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the
+     glossary. <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-crossref</span></span>
+     <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5039r13"></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the
+     glossary definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This
+     document has the <a 
+ id="dx1-5040"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-5041"></a></a> suppressed and uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5042"></a> to add all the
+     entries to the glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. To create the
+     document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleDB</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleDB</span></span>
+     <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span 
+class="cmtt-10">database1.tex </span>and
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span>. Note that if you don&#8217;t have Perl installed, you will need to use
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-5043"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5044"></a></a> twice instead of a single call to <a 
+ id="dx1-5045"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5046"></a></a>:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5048x1">Create the main glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls</span>
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.glo</span></span>
+         <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5050x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not</span>
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.ntn</span></span>
+         <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         </p></li></ol>
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5051r14"></a> This document illustrates how to change the location to something
+     other than the page number. In this case, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">equation </span>counter is used since all
+     glossary entries appear inside an <span 
+class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5052"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-5053"></a> environment. To create the document
+     do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEq</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEq</span></span>
+     <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5054r15"></a> This is similar to the previous example, but the <a 
+ id="dx1-5055"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-5056"></a>s</a> are a
+     mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds the
+     glossary to the table of contents, so an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleEqPg</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleEqPg</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5057r16"></a> This document also illustrates how to change the location to
+     something other than the page number. In this case, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is
+     used. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSec</span>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSec</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5058r17"></a> This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type.
+     This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleNtn</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleNtn</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     Note that if you don&#8217;t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a 
+ id="dx1-5059"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5060"></a></a> twice
+     instead of a single call to <a 
+ id="dx1-5061"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5062"></a></a>:
+         </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5064x1">Create the main glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls</span>
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.glo</span></span>
+         <!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         </p></li>
+         <li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-5066x2">Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+         <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not</span>
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.ntn</span></span>
+         <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+         </p></li></ol>
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5067r18"></a> This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create
+     child entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the
+     glossary to the table of contents and it also uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5068"></a>, so an extra
+     <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is required: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5069"></a> with <span 
+class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5070"></a>. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-5071"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5072"></a></a>. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-5073"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5074"></a></a> explicitly, you will need to use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-l</span>
+     switch to indicate letter ordering.)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-inline.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5075r19"></a> This document is like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span>, above, but uses the <span 
+class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5076"></a>
+     glossary style to put the glossary in a footnote.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5077r20"></a> This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where
+     child entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create
+     the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampletree</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampletree</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5078r21"></a> This document illustrates how to define an entry that both
+     appears in the list of acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document
+     do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-dual</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-dual</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5079r22"></a> This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package
+     to create English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the
+     document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-langdict</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5080r23"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-5081"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5082"></a></a> instead of <a 
+ id="dx1-5083"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5084"></a></a>. The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5085"></a> package). The encoding is picked up by <a 
+ id="dx1-5086"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5087"></a></a>. By default,
+     this document will create a <a 
+ id="dx1-5088"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5089"></a></a> style file called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you
+     uncomment the lines
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+     \setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\noist
+     &#x00A0;<br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 1103--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an
+     additional letter group for entries starting with &#8220;Mc&#8221; or &#8220;Mac&#8221;. If you use
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-5090"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5091"></a></a>, you don&#8217;t need to supply any additional information. If you
+     don&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-5092"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5093"></a>, you will need to specify the required information.
+     Note that if you set the style file to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5094"></a>, otherwise the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and
+     you will lose the &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group.
+     </p><!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex samplexdy</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     If you don&#8217;t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a 
+ id="dx1-5095"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5096"></a></a> explicitly instead of
+     using <a 
+ id="dx1-5097"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5098"></a></a>. If you are using the default style file <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>,
+     then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     otherwise, if you are using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks):
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.glo</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1132--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5099r24"></a> This document illustrates how to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where
+     the location numbers don&#8217;t follow a standard format. This example will only
+     work with <a 
+ id="dx1-5100"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5101"></a></a>. To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     If you can&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-5102"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5103"></a></a> then you need to do (all on one line):
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1147--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     See <a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11.2 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5104r25"></a> This is another example that uses <a 
+ id="dx1-5105"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5106"></a></a>. Unlike <a 
+ id="dx1-5107"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5108"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-5109"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5110"></a></a>
+     can cope with <a 
+ id="dx1-5111"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-5112"></a>s</a>. This document uses UTF8 encoding. To
+     create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1158--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     If you don&#8217;t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a 
+ id="dx1-5113"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5114"></a></a> explicitly instead of
+     using <a 
+ id="dx1-5115"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5116"></a></a> (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5117"></a> option from <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleutf8</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     you will see that the entries that start with a <a 
+ id="dx1-5118"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-5119"></a></a> now appear in
+     the symbols group, and the word &#8220;man&#339;uvre&#8221; is now after &#8220;manor&#8221; instead of
+     before it. If you are unable to use <a 
+ id="dx1-5120"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5121"></a></a>, the call to <a 
+ id="dx1-5122"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5123"></a></a> is as
+     follows (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.glo</span></span>
+     </p><!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5124r26"></a> This document uses the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a
+     glossary and an index. This requires two <a 
+ id="dx1-5125"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5126"></a></a> calls to ensure the
+     document is up to date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-index</span>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-index</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5127r27"></a> This document illustrates how add custom keys.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-numberlist.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5128r28"></a> This document illustrates how to reference the <a 
+ id="dx1-5129"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number
+     list<a 
+ id="dx1-5130"></a></a> in the document text. This requires an additional <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-numberlist</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-numberlist</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5131r29"></a> This document illustrates how you can hook into the
+     standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This
+     requires an additional run to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries samplePeople</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex samplePeople</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5132r30"></a> This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the
+     standard sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the table of
+     contents is up-to-date: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sampleSort</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sampleSort</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5133r31"></a> This document illustrates how to selective enable and
+     disable entry hyperlinks in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5134"></a>.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5135r32"></a> This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is
+     displayed in the text.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5136r33"></a> This document illustrates the use of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5137"></a> package.
+     An additional run is required to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
+     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries sample-prefix</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex sample-prefix</span></span>
+     <!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10>
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd 
+class="description"><a 
+ id="x1-5138r34"></a> This document uses the experimental <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5139"></a> package.
+     The symbol is set to the replacement text. Note that some PDF viewers don&#8217;t
+     use the accessibility support. Information about the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package
+     can be found in <a 
+href="#sec:accsupp"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>18 </a><a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>.
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3>
+<!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a 
+ id="dx1-6001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6002"></a></a> as well as
+<a 
+ id="dx1-6003"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6004"></a></a>. If you are writing in a language that uses an <a 
+ id="dx1-6005"></a><a 
+href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or
+<a 
+ id="dx1-6006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it is recommended that you use <a 
+ id="dx1-6007"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6008"></a> as <a 
+ id="dx1-6009"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6010"></a> is hard-coded
+for the non-extended <a 
+ id="dx1-6011"></a><a 
+href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a 
+ id="dx1-6012"></a></a>. This means that you are not restricted to the A,
+&#x2026;, Z letter groups. If you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-6013"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6014"></a>, remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6015"></a> package
+option. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+\documentclass[frenchb]{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1271--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-6016"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-6017"></a></a>, such as &eacute;, looks like a plain character
+in your tex file, it&#8217;s actually a&#x00A0;macro and can therefore cause expansion problems. You
+may need to switch off the field expansions with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" >   If you use a&#x00A0;<a 
+ id="dx1-6018"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-6019"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an
+entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands
+that convert the first letter to upper case (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6020"></a>) due to expansion issues. For
+example: </p><div class="alltt">
+<div class="obeylines-v">
+<span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry}{elite}{name={{</span></span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span></span>
+<br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description=</span><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span></span>
+</div>
+</div> </div>
+<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1289--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6021"></a> package, <a 
+ id="dx1-6022"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6023"></a></a> will pick up the encoding from
+the auxiliary file. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-6024"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6025"></a></a> explicitly instead of via <a 
+ id="dx1-6026"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6027"></a>, you may
+need to specify the encoding using the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-C </span>option. Read the <a 
+ id="dx1-6028"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6029"></a> manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2.1   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4>
+<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.08, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now has limited multi-lingual support,
+thanks to all the people who have sent me the relevant translations either via email or
+via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex</span>. However you must load <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7001"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7002"></a> <span 
+class="cmti-10">before </span><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to
+enable this. Note that if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7003"></a> is loaded and the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7004"></a> package is detected on
+<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s path, then the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7005"></a> package will be loaded automatically, unless you use
+the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7006"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7007"></a> package options. However, it may not pick up on
+the required languages so, if the predefined text is not translated, you may need
+to explicitly load the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7008"></a> package with the required languages. For
+example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[spanish]{translator}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1315--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, specify the language as a class option rather than a package option. For
+example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+\documentclass[spanish]{report}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1323--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <span 
+class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7009"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">german</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7010"></a> instead of <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7011"></a>, you will need to include the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7012"></a> package to provide the translations. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+\documentclass[ngerman]{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{ngerman}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{translator}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1333--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1335--><p class="indent" >   The languages are currently supported by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package are listed in
+<a 
+href="#tab:supportedlanguages">table&#x00A0;1.2</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don&#8217;t intend to change the
+default translations as it will cause compatibility problems.
+</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add a&#x00A0;language not currently supported, you can
+post the contents of your <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.dict </span>file on my feature request form at
+<a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/feature-request.html" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-_books.com/feature-_request.html</span></a>. Please use
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;commands for <a 
+ id="dx1-7013"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-7014"></a>s</a> as the file must be independent of the
+input encoding otherwise it won&#8217;t be of any use to people who use a&#x00A0;different
+encoding to yourself.
+</p>
+   <div class="table">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 1348--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="tab:supportedlanguages"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
+>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+ <div class="caption" 
+><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.2: </span><span  
+class="content">Supported Languages</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-70152 -->
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" 
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col 
+id="TBL-3-1" /><col 
+id="TBL-3-2" /></colgroup><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"  
+class="td11"> <span 
+class="cmbx-10">Language            </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-1-2"  
+class="td11"> <span 
+class="cmbx-10">As from version  </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"  
+class="td11"> Brazilian Portuguese  </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-2-2"  
+class="td11">       1.17           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"  
+class="td11"> Danish                    </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-3-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td></tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"  
+class="td11"> Dutch </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-4-2"  
+class="td11"> 1.08</td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"  
+class="td11"> English                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-5-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"  
+class="td11"> French                    </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-6-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"  
+class="td11"> German                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-7-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"  
+class="td11"> Irish                       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-8-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"  
+class="td11"> Italian                    </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-9-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"  
+class="td11"> Hungarian               </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-10-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"  
+class="td11"> Polish                     </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-11-2"  
+class="td11">       1.13           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-12-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1"  
+class="td11"> Serbian                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-12-2"  
+class="td11">       2.06           </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-13-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-1"  
+class="td11"> Spanish                   </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-3-13-2"  
+class="td11">       1.08           </td></tr></table>
+</div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+   </div><hr class="endfloat" />
+   </div>
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" >   The language dependent commands and <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7016"></a> keys used by the glossaries
+package are listed in <a 
+href="#tab:predefinednames">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
+</p>
+   <div class="table">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 1372--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
+>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+ <div class="caption" 
+><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.3: </span><span  
+class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-70173 -->
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-4" class="tabular" 
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col 
+id="TBL-4-1" /><col 
+id="TBL-4-2" /><col 
+id="TBL-4-3" /></colgroup><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Command Name     </span></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1378--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Translator</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmbx-10">Key</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmbx-10">Word</span>                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span>                          </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7018"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1380--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1380--><p class="noindent" >Title
+ of
+ the
+ main
+ glossary.                               </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7019"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1381--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1381--><p class="noindent" >Title
+ of
+ the
+ list
+ of
+ acronyms
+ (when
+ used
+ with
+ package
+ option
+ <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7020"></a>).                             </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7021"></a>           </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Notation</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1384--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ first
+ column
+ in
+ the
+ glossary
+ (for
+ 2,
+ 3
+ or
+ 4
+ column
+ glossaries
+ that
+ support
+ headers).                              </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7022"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1386--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Description</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1387--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ second
+ column
+ in
+ the
+ glossary
+ (for
+ 2,
+ 3
+ or
+ 4
+ column
+ glossaries
+ that
+ support
+ headers).                              </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7023"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ symbol
+ column
+ in
+ the
+ glossary
+ for
+ glossary
+ styles
+ that
+ support
+ this
+ option.                                 </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-7-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7024"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Page</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">List</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ page
+ list
+ column
+ in
+ the
+ glossary
+ for
+ glossaries
+ that
+ support
+ this
+ option.                                 </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-8-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1395--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ symbols
+ section
+ of
+ the
+ glossary
+ for
+ glossary
+ styles
+ that
+ support
+ this
+ option.                                 </p></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-9-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-9-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7026"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-9-2"  
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span>
+ <span 
+class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-9-3"  
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" >Header
+ for
+ numbers
+ section
+ of
+ the
+ glossary
+ for
+ glossary
+ styles
+ that
+ support
+ this
+ option.                                 </p></td>
+</tr></table>                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+   </div><hr class="endfloat" />
+   </div>
+<!--l. 1403--><p class="indent" >   Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it&#8217;s likely that the predefined translations
+may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> package and the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
+option <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7028"></a>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a 
+href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=latexwords" >changing the
+words babel uses</a>. If you are using the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7029"></a> package, then you can provide your
+own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it
+using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it
+won&#8217;t have any effect if you put <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be
+put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7030"></a> documentation for further details. (Now with <span 
+class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7031"></a> documentation.)
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1421--><p class="indent" >   Your custom dictionary doesn&#8217;t have to be just a translation from English to
+another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of
+document. For example, suppose your institution&#8217;s in-house reports have to have the
+glossary labelled as &#8220;Nomenclature&#8221; and the page list should be labelled &#8220;Location&#8221;,
+then you can create a file called, say,
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
+</div>
+<!--l. 1429--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+\ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}
+&#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
+&#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Page&#x00A0;List&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Location}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1435--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+\usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1439--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found
+by <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to
+<a 
+href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1444--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7032"></a> and don&#8217;t want to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7033"></a> interface, you can use
+the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7034"></a>. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+\documentclass[british]{article}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
+&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
+&#x00A0;<br />\addto\captionsbritish{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Terms}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Acronyms}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1459--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7035"></a> instead of <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7036"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7037"></a> will automatically
+be loaded unless you specify the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1463--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+ id="dx1-7039"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7040"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a 
+ id="dx1-7041"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7042"></a></a>, so
+it&#8217;s recommended that you use <a 
+ id="dx1-7043"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-7044"></a> if you have glossary entries that contain
+<a 
+ id="dx1-7045"></a><a 
+href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
+ id="dx1-7046"></a>s</a>. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindy"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details.
+</p>
+<!--l. 1469--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3>
+<!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this
+section if you have chosen <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a 
+ id="dx1-8001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-8002"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use
+an external <a 
+ id="dx1-8003"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen
+<a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). It is this application that creates the file containing the code that typesets
+the glossary. If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear in your document.
+The two <a 
+ id="dx1-8004"></a>indexing applications that are most commonly used with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;are
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8005"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8006"></a></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-8007"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8008"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with
+either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8009"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8010"></a> only. Note that <a 
+ id="dx1-8011"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8012"></a> has much better multi-lingual support than
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8013"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8014"></a>, so <a 
+ id="dx1-8015"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8016"></a> is recommended if you&#8217;re not writing in English. Commands that
+only have an effect when <a 
+ id="dx1-8017"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8018"></a> is used are described in <a 
+href="#sec:xindy"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
+3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
+document compilation using applications such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8019"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8020"></a>. See
+<a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-_books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more
+information. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a 
+ id="dx1-8021"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8022"></a></a> which will run
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8023"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8024"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8025"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8026"></a></a> on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is
+created by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8027"></a>). See <a 
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for
+further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a
+number of <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>-related applications. Most Unix-like operating systems come with
+a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live also comes with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;doesn&#8217;t
+come with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter so if you are a&#x00A0;Windows MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;user you will need to
+install Perl if you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8028"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8029"></a></a>. Further information is available at
+<a 
+href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a 
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python
+script)</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1516--><p class="indent" >   The advantages of using <a 
+ id="dx1-8030"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8031"></a>: </p>
+     <ul class="itemize1">
+     <li class="itemize">It automatically detects whether to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8032"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8033"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8034"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8035"></a> and sets the
+     relevant application switches.
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize">One call of <a 
+ id="dx1-8036"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8037"></a> will run <a 
+ id="dx1-8038"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8039"></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-8040"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8041"></a> for each glossary
+     type.
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize">If things go wrong, <a 
+ id="dx1-8042"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8043"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a 
+ id="dx1-8044"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8045"></a></a>
+     or <a 
+ id="dx1-8046"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8047"></a></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+     package. This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If
+     it can&#8217;t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript
+     file and see if you can work it out from the <a 
+ id="dx1-8048"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8049"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8050"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8051"></a> messages.
+     </li></ul>
+<!--l. 1534--><p class="indent" >   There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a 
+ id="dx1-8052"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8053"></a></a>, distributed
+separately, that has diagnostic tools.
+</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" >   Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a 
+ id="dx1-8054"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8055"></a></a> script or
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8056"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8057"></a></a>, it is possible to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without using either
+application. However, note that some commands and package options have no effect if
+you don&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-8058"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8059"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8060"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8061"></a>. These are listed in
+<a 
+href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.4</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1545--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8062"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8063"></a> because you don&#8217;t want to install
+Perl, you will only be able to use <a 
+ id="dx1-8064"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8065"></a> as <a 
+ id="dx1-8066"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8067"></a> also requires Perl.
+</div>
+</p><!--l. 1549--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1551--><p class="indent" >   Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the
+glossary, you will need to do an additional <a 
+ id="dx1-8068"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8069"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-8070"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8071"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8072"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8073"></a></a>
+run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following
+entries:<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-8074f3"></a>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+\newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus&#x00A0;fruit},
+&#x00A0;<br />description={fruit&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;citrus&#x00A0;tree.&#x00A0;(See&#x00A0;also
+&#x00A0;<br />\gls{orange})}}
+&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
+&#x00A0;<br />description={an&#x00A0;orange&#x00A0;coloured&#x00A0;fruit.}}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1564--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don&#8217;t reference the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won&#8217;t appear in your glossary until you first
+create the glossary and then do another run of <a 
+ id="dx1-8076"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8077"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-8078"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8079"></a></a> or
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8080"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8081"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must do:
+<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" >   Likewise, an additional <a 
+ id="dx1-8082"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8083"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may be required if the
+document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset
+after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second
+<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8084"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-8085"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating.
+</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="indent" >   The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a 
+ id="dx1-8086"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8087"></a></a>,
+<a 
+ id="dx1-8088"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8089"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-8090"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8091"></a></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt
+which is usually accessed via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">All Programs </span>menu or <span 
+class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">All</span>
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">Programs-</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu.
+</p><!--l. 1594--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will
+call the required application. The article <a 
+href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >&#8220;Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols
+and Acronyms&#8221;</a> in the <a 
+href="http://www.latex-community.org/" ><span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;Community&#8217;s</a> Know How section describes how to do
+this for TeXnicCenter, and the thread <a 
+href="http://groups.google.com/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/edd83831b81b0759?hl=en" >&#8220;Executing Glossaries&#8217; makeindex from a
+WinEdt macro&#8221;</a> on the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup describes how to do it for WinEdt.
+<a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" >Section 1.1 (Building Your Document)</a> of <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >&#8220;Using <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;to Write a PhD Thesis&#8221;</a>
+describes how to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor&#8217;s user manual for
+further details.
+</p><!--l. 1610--><p class="indent" >   If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8092"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8093"></a>)
+for messages.
+</p>
+   <div class="table">
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 1613--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+ id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
+>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+ <div class="caption" 
+><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.4: </span><span  
+class="content">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <a 
+ id="dx1-8095"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8096"></a></a>
+or <a 
+ id="dx1-8097"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8098"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-80944 -->
+<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-5" class="tabular" 
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col 
+id="TBL-5-1" /><col 
+id="TBL-5-2" /><col 
+id="TBL-5-3" /></colgroup><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmbx-10">Command or Package Option               </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"  
+class="td11"> <a 
+ id="dx1-8099"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8100"></a></a> </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-3"  
+class="td10"> <a 
+ id="dx1-8101"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8102"></a></a>                 </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmss-10">order=letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8103"></a>                                                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"  
+class="td11"> use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-l     </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-3"  
+class="td10"> use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder    </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmss-10">order=word</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8104"></a>                                                </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"  
+class="td11"> default       </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-3"  
+class="td10"> default                          </td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8105"></a>=<span 
+class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">language=</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmss-10">,codename=</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmsy-10">} </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"  
+class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-3"  
+class="td10"> use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-L </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-C </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8106"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}              </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"  
+class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-3"  
+class="td10"> use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-L </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">lang</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;             </span></td>
+</tr><tr  
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"  
+class="td01"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a 
+ id="dx1-8107"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}              </span></td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"  
+class="td11"> N/A          </td><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-3"  
+class="td10"> use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-C </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;             </span></td></tr></table>
+</div>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+   </div><hr class="endfloat" />
+   </div>
+<!--l. 1636--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4>
+<!--l. 1639--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+ id="dx1-9001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9002"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary
+(<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9003"></a>) file and will either call <a 
+ id="dx1-9004"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9005"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-9006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9007"></a></a>, depending on the supplied
+information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document&#8217;s name without the
+extension to <a 
+ id="dx1-9008"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9009"></a>. For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>,
+type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+You may need to explicitly load <a 
+ id="dx1-9010"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9011"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1656--><p class="indent" >   Windows users: TeX&#x00A0;Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and
+provides <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a&#x00A0;convenient wrapper for the <a 
+ id="dx1-9012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9013"></a></a> Perl
+script. MiKTeX also provides a&#x00A0;wrapper <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn&#8217;t
+provide a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX&#8217;s
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MiKTeX you&#8217;ll need to install Perl. There&#8217;s more
+information about this at <a 
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the
+TeX.SX site. Alternatively, there is a batch file called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>that
+should be located in the same folder as the <a 
+ id="dx1-9014"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9015"></a></a> Perl script. This just
+explicitly loads the script into Perl. If you&#8217;ve installed Perl but for some reason your
+operating system can&#8217;t find <span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl.exe</span>, you can edit the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.bat </span>file to
+include the full path to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">perl.exe </span>(but take care as this file will be overwritten next
+time you update the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package). If you move the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.bat </span>file to a new location,
+you will also need to supply the full path to the <a 
+ id="dx1-9016"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9017"></a></a> Perl script.
+(Don&#8217;t also move the Perl script as well or you may miss out on updates to
+<a 
+ id="dx1-9018"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9019"></a></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 1677--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+ id="dx1-9020"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9021"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a 
+ id="dx1-9022"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9023"></a></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-9024"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9025"></a></a> process using
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">2&#x003E;&amp;1</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;|</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to help
+diagnose problems. If this method fails <a 
+ id="dx1-9026"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9027"></a></a> will print an &#8220;Unable to fork&#8221;
+warning and will retry without redirection. If you run <a 
+ id="dx1-9028"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9029"></a></a> on an
+operating system that doesn&#8217;t support this form of redirection, then you can use the
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">-Q </span>switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-k </span>switch to make
+<a 
+ id="dx1-9030"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9031"></a></a> automatically use the fallback method without attempting the
+redirection. Without this redirection, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-q </span>(quiet) switch doesn&#8217;t work as
+well.
+</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" >   You can specify in which directory the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9032"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9033"></a> etc files are located using the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-d</span>
+switch. For example: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span>
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+Note that <a 
+ id="dx1-9034"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9035"></a> assumes by default that <a 
+ id="dx1-9036"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9037"></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-9038"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9039"></a> is on your
+operating system&#8217;s path. If this isn&#8217;t the case, you can specify the full pathname
+using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-m </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">path/to/makeindex</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>for <a 
+ id="dx1-9040"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9041"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-x </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>for
+<a 
+ id="dx1-9042"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9043"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+ id="dx1-9044"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9045"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you
+want, you can create a man page for <a 
+ id="dx1-9046"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9047"></a> using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">pod2man</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9048"></a> and
+move the resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">--help </span>for a list of all options or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version
+number.
+</p><!--l. 1709--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version
+of <a 
+ id="dx1-9049"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-9050"></a></a>. The current version is 2.14. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.2   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4>
+<!--l. 1719--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+ id="dx1-10001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10002"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;Live, but not with MiK<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>. However Mik<span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;users can
+install it. See <a 
+href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a 
+href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on StackExchange</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-10003"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10004"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you
+have used the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10005"></a> package option:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1730--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a 
+ id="dx1-10006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10007"></a></a> explicitly or whether it&#8217;s called
+implicitly via applications such as <a 
+ id="dx1-10008"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10009"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-10010"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10011"></a></a>. This
+causes the glossary entries to be written in raw <a 
+ id="dx1-10012"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10013"></a> format, so you need to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span 
+class="cmti-10">not </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-I tex</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1737--><p class="indent" >   To run <a 
+ id="dx1-10014"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10015"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">language</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-C </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">encoding</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-I xindy -M </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-t</span>
+<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg -o </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1741--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the required language name, <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">encoding</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the encoding,
+<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the name of the document without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10016"></a> extension and <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the
+name of the <a 
+ id="dx1-10017"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10018"></a></a> style file without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10019"></a> extension. The default name for this
+style file is <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10020"></a> but can be changed via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10021"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You
+may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working
+directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using
+double-quotes.
+</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8
+encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1759--><p class="indent" >   Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
+the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10022"></a>
+package option), substituting <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10023"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10024"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10025"></a> with the relevant extensions. For
+example, if you have used the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10026"></a> package option, then you would need to do:
+<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span>
+<span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the
+glossary with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10027"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+ id="dx1-10028"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10029"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to
+<a 
+ id="dx1-10030"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10031"></a></a> with just one call to <a 
+ id="dx1-10032"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10033"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1777--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you
+use <a 
+ id="dx1-10034"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10035"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <a 
+ id="dx1-10036"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-10037"></a>. These are listed in
+<a 
+href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.4</a>.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1785--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.3   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4>
+<!--l. 1788--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a 
+ id="dx1-11001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11002"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven&#8217;t used
+the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11003"></a> package option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format.
+To run <a 
+ id="dx1-11004"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11005"></a>, type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist -t </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg -o </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1795--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the name of your document without the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11006"></a> extension and
+<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11007"></a> is the name of the <a 
+ id="dx1-11008"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11009"></a></a> style file. By default, this is <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">base</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11010"></a>,
+but may be changed via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11011"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that there are other
+options, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-l </span>(letter ordering). See the <a 
+ id="dx1-11012"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11013"></a> manual for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 1804--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the
+terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1808--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for
+example, if you have used the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11014"></a> package option) then you must call <a 
+ id="dx1-11015"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11016"></a></a>
+for each glossary, substituting <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11017"></a>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11018"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11019"></a> with the relevant extensions. For
+example, if you have used the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11020"></a> package option, then you need to type the
+following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the
+glossary with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11021"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+ id="dx1-11022"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11023"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to
+<a 
+ id="dx1-11024"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11025"></a></a> with just one call to <a 
+ id="dx1-11026"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11027"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+   <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
+</p><!--l. 1828--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use
+<a 
+ id="dx1-11028"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11029"></a> explicitly instead of using <a 
+ id="dx1-11030"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-11031"></a></a>. These are listed in
+<a 
+href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.4</a>.
+</p><!--l. 1835--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1835--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.4   </span> <a 
+ id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4>
+<!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a 
+ id="dx1-12001"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12002"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-12003"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12004"></a></a> and the
+information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. This
+information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries
+where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the
+auxiliary file.
+</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="indent" >   The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
+</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12005"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">log</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1848--><p class="noindent" >
+where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">in-ext</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the extension of the <a 
+ id="dx1-12006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp"><span 
+class="cmti-10">indexing application&#8217;s</span></a> input file (the output file
+from the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s point of view), <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">out-ext</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the extension of the <a 
+ id="dx1-12007"></a><span 
+class="cmti-10">indexing</span>
+<span 
+class="cmti-10">application&#8217;s </span>output file (the input file from the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s point of view) and
+<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">log</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the extension of the <a 
+ id="dx1-12008"></a>indexing application&#8217;s transcript file. The label for the
+glossary is also given for information purposes only, but is not required by the
+<a 
+ id="dx1-12009"></a>indexing applications. For example, the information for the default main glossary is
+written as:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+\@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
+</div>
+<!--l. 1861--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1863--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+ id="dx1-12010"></a><a 
+href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application&#8217;s</a> style file is specified by
+</p><!--l. 1864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12011"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="noindent" >
+The file extension indicates whether to use <a 
+ id="dx1-12012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12013"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12014"></a>) or <a 
+ id="dx1-12015"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12016"></a></a> (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12017"></a>). Note
+that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which
+<a 
+ id="dx1-12018"></a>indexing application is supposed to be used, so it&#8217;s important to call the correct
+one.
+</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="indent" >   Word or letter ordering is specified by:
+</p><!--l. 1874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12019"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1876--><p class="noindent" >
+where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">order</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>can be either <span 
+class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">letter</span>.
+</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+ id="dx1-12020"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12021"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified
+by
+</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12022"></a><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\@gls@codepage</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-12023"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">language</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span><br 
+class="newline" /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@gls@codepage{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1884--><p class="noindent" >
+where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>identifies the glossary, <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the root language (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">english</span>)
+and <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">code</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the encoding (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>). These commands are omitted if <a 
+ id="dx1-12024"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-12025"></a></a>
+should be used.
+</p><!--l. 1890--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> has been used, the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain
+</p><!--l. 1892--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">location</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" >
+for every time an entry has been referenced.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+<!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 1896--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a 
+ id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2>
+</p><!--l. 1899--><p class="indent" >   This section describes the available <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may
+omit the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13001"></a> is equivalent to
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13002"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>package options can&#8217;t be passed via the document
+class options. (This includes options where the <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>part may be omitted, such as
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13003"></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options
+that aren&#8217;t <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>(such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-13004"></a>) may be passed via the document
+class options. </div>
+</p><!--l. 1910--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 1912--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
+ id="generaloptions"></a>General Options</h3>
+     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nowarn</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don&#8217;t
+     use  this  option  if  you&#8217;re  new  to  using  <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries  </span>as  the  warnings  are
+     designed  to  help  detect  common  mistakes  (such  as  forgetting  to  use
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14002"></a>).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">noredefwarn</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14003"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If you load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a&#x00A0;class or another package that already
+     defines glossary related commands, by default <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that
+     it&#8217;s redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of
+     using <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that class or package and you don&#8217;t want to be warned
+     about it, use this option to suppress those warnings. Other warnings will
+     still be issued unless you use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14004"></a> option described above.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14005"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>
+     file,  if  unrequired.  Note  that  if  you  use  this  option,  you  must  create
+     another glossary in which to put all your entries (either via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14006"></a>
+     (or <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14007"></a>) package option described in <a 
+href="#acronymoptions"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.5 </a><a 
+href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14008"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14009"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14010"></a> options described in <a 
+href="#otheroptions"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.6 </a><a 
+href="#otheroptions">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14011"></a> described in <a 
+href="#sec:newglossary"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>12 </a><a 
+href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
+     <!--l. 1940--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the main glossary and you don&#8217;t use this option, <a 
+ id="dx1-14012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14013"></a></a>
+     will produce the following warning: </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;File</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#8217;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">.glo&#8217;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;empty.</span>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Have</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;you</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#8217;main&#8217;?</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;package</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#8217;nomain&#8217;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">you</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don&#8217;t</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;want</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;main</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary.</span>
+</div>
+     </div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning,
+     check that you have referenced the entries in that glossary via commands such as
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14014"></a>. </div>
+     <!--l. 1953--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14015"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a 
+ id="dx1-14016"></a><a 
+href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
+ id="dx1-14017"></a></a> the
+     sort value when writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you
+     define an entry as follows:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+     \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={hash&#x00A0;symbol}}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 1962--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file,
+     otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the
+     other hand, you want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the
+     sanitization. For example, suppose you do:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+     \newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={sample},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\mysortvalue},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 1974--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted
+     according to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14018"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 1979--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a> is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14019"></a>, and the default for
+     <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14020"></a>.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">savewrites</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14021"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by
+     the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">savewrites=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14022"></a>.) There are only a
+     limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of
+     glossaries or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot
+     of external files, you may exceed the maximum number of available
+     registers. If <span 
+class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14023"></a> is set, the glossary information will be stored
+     in token registers until the end of the document when they will be
+     written to the external files. If you run out of token registers, you can use
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">etex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14024"></a>.
+     <!--l. 1993--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you
+     can use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14025"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this
+     option. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1999--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> or by
+     ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble.
+     </p><!--l. 2003--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14026"></a> mechanism to call <a 
+ id="dx1-14027"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14028"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-14029"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14030"></a></a>
+     from your document and use <span 
+class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14031"></a>, you must create the external files with
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>before you call <a 
+ id="dx1-14032"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14033"></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-14034"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14035"></a>. Also set <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to
+     nothing or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files.
+     For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+     \glswritefiles
+     &#x00A0;<br />\write18{makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;\istfilename\space
+     &#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;\jobname.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;\jobname.gls&#x00A0;\jobname}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\let\glswritefiles\relax
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14036"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This can take the following values:
+         <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <span 
+class="cmssbx-10">translate=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14037"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If  <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14038"></a>  has  been  loaded  and  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14039"></a>  package  is
+         installed,  <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14040"></a>  will  be  loaded  and  the  translations  will  be
+         provided  by  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14041"></a>  package  interface.  You  can  modify  the
+         translations  by  providing  your  own  dictionary.  If  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14042"></a>
+         package  isn&#8217;t  installed  and  <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14043"></a>  is  loaded,  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14044"></a>
+         package will be loaded and the translations will be provided using
+         <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span>&#8217;s  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\addto\caption</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">language</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>mechanism.  If  <span 
+class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14045"></a>  has
+         been loaded, <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14046"></a> will be loaded.
+         </dd><dt class="description">
+     <span 
+class="cmssbx-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14047"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Don&#8217;t provide translations, even if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14048"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14049"></a> has
+         been loaded. (Note that <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14050"></a> provides the command <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14051"></a>
+         so that will still be translated if you have loaded <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14052"></a>.)
+         </dd><dt class="description">
+     <span 
+class="cmssbx-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14053"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Don&#8217;t   load   the   <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14054"></a>   package.   Instead   load
+         <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14055"></a>.
+         <!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14056"></a> if you have any problems with the
+         translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward
+         compatibility, if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14057"></a> has been loaded the default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14058"></a>.
+         </div>
+         </p><!--l. 2046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+         </dd></dl>
+     <!--l. 2050--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14059"></a> is specified without a value, <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14060"></a> is assumed. If <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14061"></a>
+     isn&#8217;t specified, <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14062"></a> is assumed if <span 
+class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14063"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14064"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14065"></a> have
+     been loaded. Otherwise <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14066"></a> is assumed.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 2056--><p class="noindent" >See <a 
+href="#sec:fixednames"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.2.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">notranslate</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14067"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14068"></a> and may be passed via the document
+     class options.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">hyperfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14069"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink
+     on <a 
+ id="dx1-14070"></a><a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14071"></a> (terms on <a 
+ id="dx1-14072"></a><a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink,
+     unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14073"></a>).
+     Note that this applies to all glossary types. It may be that you only want to
+     apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use explains the meaning of the
+     acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is
+     identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use <span 
+class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14074"></a> and
+     apply <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries. For
+     example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+     &#x00A0;\usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;acronym&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;definitions
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;preamble
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsunsetall[main]
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2079--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14075"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to
+     suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of
+     this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14076"></a> etc
+     shouldn&#8217;t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces
+     if it contains any commas. Example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+     \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2091--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span 
+class="cmbx-10">don&#8217;t </span>try <span 
+class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14077"></a>.
+     You may also use
+     </p><!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14078"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >
+     instead or additionally. See <a 
+href="#sec:glslink"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further
+     details.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">savenumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14079"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and
+     store the <a 
+ id="dx1-14080"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-14081"></a></a> for each entry. The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">savenumberlist=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14082"></a>. (See
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14083"></a> and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-14084"></a> in <a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>9 </a><a 
+href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary
+     Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2109--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2109--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
+ id="sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3>
+     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">toc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an extra <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is
+     required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off
+     using
+     <!--l. 2116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15002"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2118--><p class="noindent" >
+     and
+     </p><!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15003"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15004"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">When used with <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15005"></a>, this will add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15006"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final
+     argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15007"></a>. This will align the table of contents
+     entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no
+     effect if the <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15008"></a> option is omitted. If <span 
+class="cmss-10">toc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15009"></a> is used without <span 
+class="cmss-10">numberline</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15010"></a>, the
+     title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than the section
+     titles.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">section</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15011"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>option. Its value should be the name of a sectional
+     unit (e.g.&#x00A0;chapter). This will make the glossaries appear in the named sectional
+     unit, otherwise each glossary will appear in a chapter, if chapters exist,
+     otherwise in a section. Unnumbered sectional units will be used by default.
+     Example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+     \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2140--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.&#x00A0;
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+     \usepackage[section]{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2144--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+     \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2148--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
+     </p><!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2152--><p class="noindent" >
+     where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the sectional unit.
+     </p><!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
+     </p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15013"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" >
+     By default this uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-15014f1"></a>
+     but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right
+     header:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2165--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2169--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15017"></a> option described below.
+     </p><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank
+     page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining
+     <span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsclearpage</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15018"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+     \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2179--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15019"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option (default: <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15020"></a>, unless <span 
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15021"></a> has been
+     loaded, in which case it defaults to <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucmark=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15022"></a>). If set, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15023"></a> uses
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15024"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn2x3" id="fn2x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-15025f2"></a>.
+     You can test whether this option has been set or not using
+     <!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15030"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">true part</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\else </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">false part</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\fi</span>
+     </div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2194--><p class="noindent" >
+     For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+     \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsucmark
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{#1}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2203--><p class="nopar" > If <span 
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15031"></a> has been loaded and <span 
+class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15032"></a> is set, then <span 
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15033"></a>&#8217;s <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15034"></a> is
+     used.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">numberedsection</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15035"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default,
+     but this can be changed using <span 
+class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15036"></a>. This option can take one of the
+     following values:
+         <ul class="itemize1">
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15037"></a>:  no  number,  i.e.&#x00A0;use  starred  form  of  sectioning  command
+         (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section*</span>);
+         </li>
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">nolabel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15038"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e.&#x00A0;the unstarred form of sectioning
+         command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section</span>), but the section not labelled;
+         </li>
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15039"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses
+         the unstarred form of a sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or
+         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15040"></a>). The label is formed
+         from
+         <!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-15041"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span></div><hr>
+         </p><!--l. 2226--><p class="noindent" >
+         where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the label identifying that glossary. The default value
+         of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>is empty. For example, if you load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+         using:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+         \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
+         &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2234--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be
+         referenced using something like:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+         The&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{main}&#x00A0;and
+         &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{acronym}.
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2240--><p class="nopar" > If you can&#8217;t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
+         separate list of acronyms, you can use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15042"></a> which is set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>if
+         the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15043"></a> option is not used and is set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15044"></a> option
+         is used. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2248--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in
+         your document. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+         \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2254--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
+class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for
+         example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
+         &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+         The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
+         &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" >
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15045"></a>: this is like <span 
+class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15046"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command
+         (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15047"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15048"></a>). It&#8217;s designed for use with the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15049"></a>
+         package. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+         \usepackage{nameref}
+         &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
+</div>
+         <!--l. 2274--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with
+         the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a
+         prefix for the label.</p></li></ul>
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
+ id="glossaryappearanceoptions"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3>
+     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">entrycounter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This   is   a   boolean   option.   (Default   is   <span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16002"></a>.)
+     If  set,  each  main  (level&#x00A0;0)  glossary  entry  will  be  numbered  when
+     using  the  standard  glossary  styles.  This  option  creates  the  counter
+     <span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">glossaryentry</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16003"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-16004"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>.
+     <!--l. 2292--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
+     using
+     </p><!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16005"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+     where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the label associated with that glossary entry.
+     </p><!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice after creating the
+     glossary files using <a 
+ id="dx1-16006"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16007"></a></a>, <a 
+ id="dx1-16008"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16009"></a></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-16010"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16011"></a></a> to ensure the
+     cross-references are up-to-date. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16012"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>option where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the name of a
+     counter. If used, this option will automatically set <span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16013"></a> and the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16014"></a> counter will be reset every time <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is incremented.
+     <!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16015"></a> counter isn&#8217;t automatically reset at the start of each glossary,
+     except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16016"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary&#8217;s sectioning
+     command. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2318--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16017"></a> to use
+     </p><!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16018"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+     which sets <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16019"></a> to zero:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+     \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2330--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16020"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as
+     required. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+     \setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms.
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarypreamble{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2342--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16021"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16022"></a>.) If set,
+     each level&#x00A0;1 glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary
+     styles. This option creates the counter <span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">glossarysubentry</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-16023"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-16024"></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. The
+     counter is reset with each main (level&#x00A0;0) entry. Note that this package option is
+     independent of <span 
+class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16025"></a>. You can reference the number within the document
+     using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16026"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is the label associated with the
+     sub-entry.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">style</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16027"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>option. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">style=list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16028"></a>.) Its value should be the
+     name of the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles defined in
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16029"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16030"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16031"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16032"></a>. Alternatively, you can
+     set the style using
+     <!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">style name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2363--><p class="noindent" >
+     (See <a 
+href="#sec:styles"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>15 </a><a 
+href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nolong</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16033"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16034"></a>
+     (which means that the <span 
+class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16035"></a> package also won&#8217;t be loaded). This reduces
+     overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that
+     if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary
+     styles defined in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package (unless you explicitly load
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16036"></a>).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nosuper</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16037"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16038"></a>
+     (which means that the <span 
+class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16039"></a> package also won&#8217;t be loaded). This reduces
+     overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that
+     if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary
+     styles defined in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you explicitly load
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16040"></a>).
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nolist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16041"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16042"></a>.
+     This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this
+     option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16043"></a>). Note that since the
+     default style is <span 
+class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16044"></a>, you will also need to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16045"></a> option to set the style to
+     something else.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">notree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16046"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This prevents the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16047"></a>.
+     This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this
+     option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16048"></a>).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nostyles</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16049"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this
+     option, you need to load a glossary style package (such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16050"></a>). Also if
+     you use this option, you can&#8217;t use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16051"></a> package option. Instead you must
+     either use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16052"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">style</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>or the <span 
+class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16053"></a> key in the optional
+     argument to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16054"></a>. Example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+     \usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2410--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16055"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a 
+ id="dx1-16056"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-16057"></a>s</a> in the glossaries
+     (see also <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>5 </a><a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16058"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If you suppress the <a 
+ id="dx1-16059"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-16060"></a>s</a> with <span 
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16061"></a>, described
+     above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16062"></a> key in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16063"></a> or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16064"></a>. If you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16065"></a>, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16066"></a>
+     key will automatically implement <span 
+class="cmss-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16067"></a> for that entry. (Note this
+     doesn&#8217;t affect <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a 
+href="#sec:crossref"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>8 </a><a 
+href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
+     Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16068"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>option. (Default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">counter=page</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16069"></a>.) The value
+     should be the name of the default counter to use in the <a 
+ id="dx1-16070"></a><a 
+href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
+ id="dx1-16071"></a>s</a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>5
+     </a><a 
+href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nopostdot</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16072"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When
+     set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default post description dot used by some
+     of the predefined styles. The default setting is <span 
+class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16073"></a>.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16074"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. When
+     set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between
+     groups used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-16075"></a>.
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
+ id="sortingoptions"></a>Sorting Options</h3>
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">If you use Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying
+     how to sort the glossaries. Only <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> allows you to specify sort methods
+     for  individual  glossaries  via  the  <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17002"></a>  key  in  the  optional  argument  of
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17003"></a>. If you have multiple glossaries in your document
+     and you are using <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, only use <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17004"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17005"></a> if you want to
+     set this sort method for <span 
+class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries.
+     <!--l. 2457--><p class="noindent" >This is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>option where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>may be one of the following:
+     </p>
+         <ul class="itemize1">
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">standard</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17006"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17007"></a> key
+         used in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17008"></a> (if present) or the <span 
+class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17009"></a> key (if <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17010"></a> key
+         is missing);
+         </li>
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17011"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the
+         <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17012"></a> key in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored);
+         </li>
+         <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17013"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used
+         in the document (the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17014"></a> key in <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).
+         <!--l. 2473--><p class="noindent" >Both <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17015"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number
+         via
+         </p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-17017"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">number</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+         </p><!--l. 2477--><p class="noindent" >
+         (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if
+         required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17018"></a>) or before
+         the entries are used (in the case of <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17019"></a>).</p></li></ul>
+     <!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17020"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can
+     hook into the sort mechanism by redefining:
+     </p><!--l. 2487--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-17021"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">sort cs</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+     </div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2489--><p class="noindent" >
+     where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value
+     (which was either explicitly set via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17022"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span 
+class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17023"></a>
+     key) before any escaping of the <a 
+ id="dx1-17024"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17025"></a></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-17026"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17027"></a></a> special characters is
+     performed. By default <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does:
+     </p><!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-17028"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" >
+     which <a 
+ id="dx1-17029"></a><a 
+href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
+ id="dx1-17030"></a>s</a> <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>if the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17031"></a> package option is set (or does
+     nothing if the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17032"></a> is used).
+     </p><!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>and <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>, are the glossary type and the entry
+     label for the current entry. Note that <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>will always be a control
+     sequence, but <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>will be in the form used in the first argument of
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17033"></a>.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won&#8217;t affect any entries that have already
+     been defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17034"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17035"></a>.
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >
+<a 
+ id="x1-17036r1"></a>
+     </p><!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span 
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a 
+ id="x1-17037"></a>
+     </p><!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let&#8217;s suppose
+     I want the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of definition.
+     </p><!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >For <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, I&#x00A0;just need to set the <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17038"></a> key in the optional argument of
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17039"></a>:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+     \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
+     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
+     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2526--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
+href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can
+     be explicitly set via the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17040"></a>), and I can either define all
+     my <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span>
+     to set <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>to an incremented integer, and then define all my
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries. Alternatively, I can redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to
+     check for the glossary type and only modify <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">sort cs</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>if <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">type</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>is
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
+     </p><!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+     \newcounter{sortcount}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2546--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+     \newcounter{sortcount}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2561--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span 
+class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17041"></a> package.) For a complete document,
+     see the sample file <a 
+href="#x1-5132r30"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p>
+     <div class="center" 
+>
+<!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2564--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<a 
+ id="x1-17042r2"></a>
+     <!--l. 2566--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span 
+class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a 
+ id="x1-17043"></a>
+     </p><!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as
+     <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; &#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">surname</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by
+     <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">surname</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>, <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>. You can do this by defining a command
+     called, say, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\name{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">surname</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you can use in the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17044"></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard sort
+     mechanism to temporarily redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being
+     set.
+     </p><!--l. 2576--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person&#8217;s name:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+     \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2580--><p class="nopar" > and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+     \let\name\textname
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2584--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\sortname </span>and expands the sort value, then sets <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so
+     that the person&#8217;s name appears as <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">first-name</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; &#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">surname</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>in the
+     text:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+     \renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\sortname
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\name\textname
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
+     &#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2596--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile
+     commands, but care is still needed.)
+     </p><!--l. 2600--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+     \newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;Joe&#x00A0;Bloggs}}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;John&#x00A0;Smith}}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2607--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+href="#x1-5131r29"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p>
+     <div class="center" 
+>
+<!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17045"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This may take two values: <span 
+class="cmss-10">word</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17046"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17047"></a>. The default is word ordering.
+     <!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+class="cmss-10">order</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17048"></a> option has no effect if you don&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-17049"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17050"></a></a>.
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span 
+class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17051"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the
+     optional argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17052"></a>:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+     \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2625--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+     \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
+     &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2630--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17053"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">(<a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be
+     written in <a 
+ id="dx1-17054"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17055"></a></a> format. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-17056"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17057"></a></a>, it will automatically
+     detect that it needs to call <a 
+ id="dx1-17058"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17059"></a>. If you don&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-17060"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17061"></a>, you
+     need to remember to use <a 
+ id="dx1-17062"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17063"></a> not <a 
+ id="dx1-17064"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17065"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been
+     given a&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17066"></a> extension.
+     <!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a 
+href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> as this is the
+     default. It&#8217;s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier
+     occurrence of <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17067"></a> in the package option list.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17068"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">(<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in
+     <a 
+ id="dx1-17069"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17070"></a></a> format. If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-17071"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17072"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it
+     needs to call <a 
+ id="dx1-17073"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17074"></a>. If you don&#8217;t use <a 
+ id="dx1-17075"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17076"></a>, you need to remember to
+     use <a 
+ id="dx1-17077"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17078"></a> not <a 
+ id="dx1-17079"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17080"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17081"></a>
+     extension.
+     <!--l. 2651--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">key</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>=<span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span>
+     comma-separated list to override the language and codepage. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+     \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2657--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This
+     defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+     \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2662--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or
+     writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are
+     unchanged. See <a 
+href="#sec:xindy"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
+href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a 
+ id="dx1-17082"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17083"></a></a> with the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">xindygloss</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17084"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">(<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span> (that is, the <span 
+class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17085"></a> option
+     without any value supplied) and may be used as a document class option.
+     The language and code page can be set via <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17086"></a> and
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17087"></a> (see <a 
+href="#sec:langenc"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11.1 </a><a 
+href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.)
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-17088"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">(<a 
+href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span>
+     and may be used as a document class option.
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
+ id="acronymoptions"></a>Acronym Options</h3>
+     <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This creates a new glossary with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent
+     to:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+     \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
+     </p><!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-18002"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2693--><p class="noindent" >
+     that&#8217;s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document
+     or the package option <span 
+class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18004"></a> is used).
+     <!--l. 2701--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18005"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> to display the list of acronyms.
+     <!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18006"></a> package option is used, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18007"></a> is set to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>otherwise it is set to
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+href="#fn3x3" id="fn3x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a 
+ id="x1-18008f3"></a>
+     Entries that are defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18014"></a> are placed in the glossary whose
+     label is given by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly
+     specified.
+     </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18016"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
+     this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18017"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This is equivalent to <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18018"></a> and may be used in the document class
+     option list.
+     </dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">acronymlists</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18019"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">By default, only the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of
+     acronyms. If you have other lists of acronyms, you can specify them as a
+     comma-separated list in the value of <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18020"></a>. For example, if you use the
+     <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18021"></a> package option but you also want the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a
+     list of acronyms, you can do:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+     \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2734--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
+     glossaries you haven&#8217;t defined yet. For example:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+     \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
+     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
+     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;Acronyms}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2742--><p class="nopar" > You can use
+     </p><!--l. 2744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-18022"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2746--><p class="noindent" >
+     instead of or in addition to the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18023"></a> option. This will add the
+     glossaries given in <span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmti-10">list</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E; </span>to the list of glossaries that are identified as
+     lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list
+     use:
+     </p><!--l. 2751--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-18024"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">list</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2753--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2755--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
+     using:
+     </p><!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-18025"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">label</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">true</span>
+     <span 
+class="cmitt-10">part</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">false part</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a 
+ id="dx1-18026"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>
+     for further details. Alternatively you can use:
+     <!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymShortcuts</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-18027"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymShortcuts </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1   </span> <a 
+ id="deprecatedacronymstyleoptions"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4>
+<!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
+backward-compatibility. Use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19001"></a> instead. See <a 
+href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
+class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>13 </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
+details.
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19002"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19003"></a> to allow a description.
+     This option may be replaced by
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2782--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19004"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2786--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19005"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2790--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19006"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19007"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19008"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2798--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19009"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19010"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2802--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19011"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+     \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2806--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19012"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19013"></a> and the way that
+     acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19014"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19015"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19016"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2821--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19017"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19018"></a> and the way that
+     acronyms are displayed.
+     <!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span 
+class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19019"></a> package or otherwise
+     define <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19020"></a> or redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19021"></a>. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" >
+     This option may be replaced by:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2833--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19022"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+     \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2837--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19023"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19024"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19025"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19026"></a> and the way that
+     acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2848--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19027"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2852--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19028"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2856--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19029"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2860--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19030"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19031"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2864--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19032"></a> and <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19033"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+     \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19034"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option changes the definition of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19035"></a> so that acronyms are always
+     expanded. This option may be replaced by:
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+     \setacronymstyle{dua}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2876--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19036"></a>)
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+     \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2880--><p class="nopar" >
+</p>
+     </dd></dl>
+<!--l. 2884--><p class="noindent" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 2884--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
+ id="otheroptions"></a>Other Options</h3>
+<!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don&#8217;t fit any of the above categories are:
+     </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20001"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbols</span>
+     via
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+     \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2894--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-20002"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2898--><p class="noindent" >
+     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20003"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div>
+     <!--l. 2904--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20004"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> to display the list of symbols.
+     <!--l. 2910--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20005"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
+     this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20006"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">numbers</span>
+     via
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+     \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2919--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-20007"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" >
+     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20008"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div>
+     <!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20009"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> to display the list of numbers.
+     <!--l. 2935--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20010"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
+     this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary. </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2938--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20011"></a> </dt><dd 
+class="description">This option defines a new glossary type with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">index </span>via
+                                                                  
+                                                                  
+     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+     \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
+</div>
+     <!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-20012"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >
+     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20013"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">{</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">}[type=index,name={</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">term</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">},%</span>
+     <br /><span 
+class="cmtt-10">description=\nopostdesc</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20014"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> and
+     <!--l. 2955--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span 
+class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
+ id="dx1-20015"></a> <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
+     </p><!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" >
+     which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20016"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div>
+     <!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
+     <div class="obeylines-v">
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20017"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003C;</span><span 
+class="cmitt-10">options</span><span 
+class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
+class="cmtt-10">]</span>
+</div>
+     </div> to display this glossary.
+     <!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20018"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
+     this <span 
+class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary. Note that you can&#8217;t mix this option with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20019"></a>.
+     Either use <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a&#x00A0;custom indexing package,
+     such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20020"></a>, <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20021"></a> or <span 
+class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20022"></a>. (You can, of course, load one of
+     those packages and load <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span 
+class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
+ id="dx1-20023"></a> package option.)
+     </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" >